Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Contacts Phone/E-Mail
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
Name:
Ph: e-mail:
This second edition is dedicated especially to my son, Jorgen David Pedersen,
as well as to Jessica and Dane. Also to my sister and friend, Andrea (“Thanks
for the Memory,” France, Dilsberg Castle) and my dear mother, Leona, ever the
dancer and chanteuse (“La Vie en Rose”), as well as my younger sister, Sherri
(Old Orchard), the dedicated cat lover and animal protector; Mémère (“I’ll Be
Seeing You,” piano), Pépère (Enrico Caruso, violin) and Aunt Ellie and Uncle
Fred (“You Raise Me Up,“When Irish Eyes are Smiling”); Aunt Delores
(Westerns, House of Wax, Westbrook); yes, you too, Pete; Cathy V. Korman
(“Les Pêcheurs de Perles,Arles, Paris, Tower of London), Larry David Pedersen
(Dave Van Ronk, Hungry Charleys, New Haven, “In My Life”); Zorro, Erin,
Caruso, Mozart, and Alpha; AMG (LBI); and special acknowledgments to Bob
Martone, Publisher, who kept my spirits high when I needed it most, and
Padraic Maroney, Project Editor, who kept me on track with many gentle
nudges; to Bob Butler, Production Manager, who kept the pages coming (and
coming); and finally to Patti Cleary, Editor-in-Chief, Nursing, who first asked
the question: How would you like to write….?
00Pederson (F)-FM 6/25/07 7:45 PM Page ii
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Psych
Notes
Purchase additional copies of this book
at your health science bookstore or
directly from F. A. Davis by shopping
online at www.fadavis.com or by calling
800-323-3555 (US) or 800-665-1148 (CAN)
A Davis’s Notes Book
Darlene D. Pedersen, MSN, APRN, BC
Clinical Pocket Guide
Psych
Notes
Clinical Pocket Guide
2nd Edition
00Pederson (F)-FM 6/25/07 7:45 PM Page iii
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
F. A. Davis Company
1915 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
www.fadavis.com
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis Company
All rights reserved. This book is protected by copyright. No part of it may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
written permission from the publisher.
Printed in China by Imago
Last digit indicates print number: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Publisher, Nursing: Robert G. Martone
Developmental Editor: William F. Welsh
Project Editor: Padraic Maroney
Manager of Art & Design: Carolyn O’Brien
Consultants/Reviewers: Dottie Irvin, DNS, APRN, BC, CNE; Patrick J.
McDonough, MD; Ketan V. Patel, MD
Student Reviewers: Melissa C. Anderson, Violet Odemu, Jamie Winterrowd,
Denise Montgomery, Hilary Slusser
As new scientific information becomes available through basic and clinical
research, recommended treatments and drug therapies undergo changes. The
author(s) and publisher have done everything possible to make this book
accurate, up to date, and in accord with accepted standards at the time of
publication. The author(s), editors, and publisher are not responsible for errors
or omissions or for consequences from application of the book, and make no
warranty, expressed or implied, in regard to the contents of the book. Any
practice described in this book should be applied by the reader in accordance
with professional standards of care used in regard to the unique circumstances
that may apply in each situation. The reader is advised always to check product
information (package inserts) for changes and new information regarding dose
and contraindications before administering any drug. Caution is especially
urged when using new or infrequently ordered drugs.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use, or the internal or
personal use of specific clients, is granted by F. A. Davis Company for users
registered with the Copyright Clearance Center (CCC) Transactional Reporting
Service, provided that the fee of $.10 per copy is paid directly to CCC, 222
Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923. For those organizations that have been
granted a photocopy license by CCC, a separate system of payment has been
arranged. The fee code for users of the Transactional Reporting Service is: 8036-
1853/08 0 $.10.
00Pederson (F)-FM 6/25/07 7:45 PM Page iv
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Place 2
7
/
8
2
7
/
8
Sticky Notes here
for a convenient and refillable note pad
HIPAA Compliant
OSHA Compliant
Waterproof and Reusable
Wipe-Free Pages
Write directly onto any page of PsychNotes
with a ballpoint pen. Wipe old entries off with
an alcohol pad and reuse.
TOOLS/
INDEX
GERICRISISDRUGS
A-Z
DRUGS/
LABS
DISORDERS/
INTERV
ASSESSBASICS
00Pederson (F)-FM 6/25/07 7:45 PM Page v
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Look for our other
Davis’s Notes titles
RNotes
®
: Nurse’s Clinical Pocket Guide, 2nd edition
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1335-0 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1335-5
LPN Notes: Nurses Clinical Pocket Guide, 2nd edition
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1767-4 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1767-4
NCLEX-RN
®
Notes: Core Review & Exam Prep
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1570-1 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1570-0
MedNotes: Nurse’s Pharmacology Pocket Guide, 2nd edition
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1531-0 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1531-1
MedSurg Notes: Nurses Clinical Pocket Guide, 2
nd
edition
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1868-9 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1868-8
Coding Notes: Medical Insurance Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1536-1 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1536-6
Derm Notes: Dermatology Clinical Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1495-0 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1495-6
ECG Notes: Interpretation and Management Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1347-4 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1347-8
IV Therapy Notes: Nurse’s Clinical Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1288-5 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1288-4
LabNotes: Guide to Lab and Diagnostic Tests
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1265-6 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1265-5
NutriNotes: Nutrition & Diet Therapy Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1114-5 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1114-6
OB Peds Womens Health Notes: Nurse’s Clinical Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1466-7 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1466-6
IV Med Notes: IV Administration Pocket Guide
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1446-2 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1466-8
Coming Soon!
Assess Notes: Nursing Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning for Clinical Practice
ISBN-10: 0-8036-1749-6 / ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1749-0
For a complete list of Davis’s Notes and other titles for health care providers, visit
www.fadavis.com.
00Pederson (F)-FM 6/25/07 7:45 PM Page vi
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
1
Mental Health and Mental Illness: Basics
Autonomic Nervous System 13
Biological Aspects of Mental Illness 9
Brain 11
Central and Peripheral Nervous System 10
Confidentiality 15
Confidentiality, Do’s and Don’ts 15
Diathesis-Stress Model 4
Erikson’s Psychosocial Theory 7
Fight-or-Flight Response 4
Freud’s Psychosexual Development 6
General Adaptation Syndrome 4
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) (1996) 16
Informed Consent 18
Key Defense Mechanisms 5
Legal Definition of Mental Illness 2
Legal-Ethical Issues 15
Limbic System 12
Mahlers Theory of Object Relations 8
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs 3
Mental Health 2
Mental Illness/Disorder 2
Mind-Body Dualism to Brain and Behavior 9
Neurotransmitter Functions and Effects 15
Neurotransmitters 15
Patient’s Bill of Rights 18
Peplau’s Interpersonal Theory 9
Positive Mental Health: Jahoda’s Six Major Categories 3
Psychoanalytic Theory 5
Restraints and Seclusion – Behavioral Health Care 17
Right to Refuse Treatment/Medication 18
Stages of Personality Development 6
Sullivan’s Interpersonal Theory 7
Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Effects 13
Synapse Transmission 14
Theories of Personality Development 5
Topographic Model of the Mind 5
Types of Commitment 16
When Confidentiality Must Be Breached 16
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 1
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
2
Mental Health and Mental Illness: Basics
Mental health and mental illness have been defined in many ways but
should always be viewed in the context of ethnocultural factors and
influence.
Mental Illness/Disorder
The DSM-IV-TR defines mental illness/disorder (paraphrased) as: a clini-
cally significant behavioral or psychological syndrome or pattern asso-
ciated with distress or disability…with increased risk of death, pain,
disability and is not a reasonable (expectable) response to a particular
situation. (APA 2000)
Mental Health
Mental health is defined as: a state of successful performance of mental
function, resulting in productive activities, fulfilling relationships with other
people, and the ability to adapt to change and cope with adversity. (US
Surgeon General Report, Dec 1999)
Wellness-illness continuum – Dunn’s 1961 text, High Level Wellness,
altered our concept of health and illness, viewing both as on a continuum
that was dynamic and changing, focusing on levels of wellness. Concepts
include: totality, uniqueness, energy, self-integration, energy use, and
inner/outer worlds.
Legal Definition of Mental Illness
The legal definition of insanity/mental illness applies the M’Naghten Rule,
formulated in 1843 and derived from English law. It says that: a person is
innocent by reason of insanity if at the time of committing the act, [the
person] was laboring under a defect of reason from disease of the mind
as not to know the nature and quality of the act being done, or if he did
know it, he did not know that what he was doing was wrong.There are
variations of this legal definition by state, and some states have abolished
the insanity defense.
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 2
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
3
Positive Mental Health: Jahoda’s Six Major Categories
In 1958, Marie Jahoda developed six major categories of positive mental
health:
Attitudes of individual toward self
Presence of growth and development, or actualization
Personality integration
Autonomy and independence
Perception of reality, and
Environmental mastery
The mentally healthy person accepts the self, is self-reliant, and is self-
confident.
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
Maslow developed a hierarchy of needs based on attainment of self-
actualization, where one becomes highly evolved and attains his or
her full potential.
The basic belief is that lower-level needs must be met first in order to
advance to the next level of needs. Therefore, physiological and safety
needs must be met before issues related to love and belonging can be
addressed, through to self-actualization.
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
Self-Actualization
Self-Esteem
Love/Belonging
Safety and Security
Physiological
BASICS
Self-fulfillment/reach highest potential
Seek self-respect, achieve recognition
Giving/receiving affection,
companionship
Avoiding harm; order, structure,
protection
Air, water, food, shelter, sleep,
elimination
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 3
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
4
General Adaptation Syndrome (Stress-Adaptation Syndrome)
Hans Selye (1976) divided his stress syndrome into three stages and, in
doing so, pointed out the seriousness of prolonged stress on the body
and the need for identification and intervention.
1. Alarm stage This is the immediate physiological (fight or flight)
response to a threat or perceived threat.
2. Resistance – If the stress continues, the body adapts to the levels
of stress and attempts to return to homeostasis.
3. Exhaustion With prolonged exposure and adaptation, the body
eventually becomes depleted. There are no more reserves to draw
upon, and serious illness may now develop (e.g., hypertension,
mental disorders, cancer). Selye teaches us that without intervention,
even death is a possibility at this stage.
CLINICAL PEARL: Identification and treatment of chronic, post-traumatic
stress disorder (PTSD) and unresolved grief, including multiple (compound-
ing) losses, are critical in an attempt to prevent serious illness and improve
quality of life.
Fight-or-Flight Response
In the fight-or-flight response, if a person is presented with a stressful
situation (danger), a physiological response (sympathetic nervous system)
activates the adrenal glands and cardiovascular system, allowing a person
to rapidly adjust to the need to fight or flee a situation.
Such physiological response is beneficial in the short term: for instance,
in an emergency situation.
However, with ongoing, chronic psychological stressors, a person
continues to experience the same physiological response as if there
were a real danger, which eventually physically and emotionally
depletes the body.
Diathesis-Stress Model
The diathesis-stress model views behavior as the result of genetic and
biological factors. A genetic predisposition results in a mental disorder
(e.g., mood disorder or schizophrenia) when precipitated by environ-
mental factors.
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 4
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
5
Theories of Personality Development
Psychoanalytic Theory
Sigmund Freud, who introduced us to the Oedipus complex, hysteria, free
association, and dream interpretation, is considered the “Father of
Psychiatry.” He was concerned with both the dynamics and structure of the
psyche. He divided the personality into three parts:
Id The id developed out of Freud’s concept of the pleasure principle. The
id comprises primitive, instinctual drives (hunger, sex, aggression). The id
says, “I want.
Ego – It is the ego, or rational mind, that is called upon to control the
instinctual impulses of the self-indulgent id. The ego says, “I think/I
evaluate.
Superego The superego is the conscience of the psyche and monitors
the ego. The superego says “I should/I ought.” (Hunt 1994)
Topographic Model of the Mind
Freud’s topographic model deals with levels of awareness and is divided
into three categories:
Unconscious mind – All mental content and memories outside of
conscious awareness; becomes conscious through the preconscious
mind.
Preconscious mind – Not within the conscious mind but can more
easily be brought to conscious awareness (repressive function of
instinctual desires or undesirable memories). Reaches consciousness
through word linkage.
Conscious mind – All content and memories immediately available
and within conscious awareness. Of lesser importance to psychoanalysts.
Key Defense Mechanisms
Defense Mechanism Example
Denial – Refuses to accept a painful
reality, pretending as if it doesn’t exist.
Displacement Directing anger toward
someone or onto another, less threat-
ening (safer) substitute.
BASICS
A man who snorts cocaine daily,
is fired for attendance
problems, yet insists he
doesn’t have a problem.
An older employee is publicly
embarrassed by a younger
boss at work and angrily cuts
a driver off on the way home.
(Continued on following page)
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 5
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
6
Key Defense Mechanisms (Continued)
Defense Mechanism Example
Identification Taking on
attributes and characteristics
of someone admired.
Intellectualization – Excessive
focus on logic and reason to
avoid the feelings associated
with a situation.
Projection Attributing to others
feelings unacceptable to self.
Reaction Formation – Expressing
an opposite feeling from what is
actually felt and is considered
undesirable.
Sublimation – Redirecting unac-
ceptable feelings or drives into
an acceptable channel.
Undoing – Ritualistically negating
or undoing intolerable feelings/
thoughts.
Stages of Personality Development
Freud’s Psychosexual Development
Age Stage Task
0 – 18 mo
18 mo – 3 yr
3 – 6 yr
BASICS
Oral
Anal
Phallic
Oral gratification
Independence and control
(voluntary sphincter control)
Genital focus
A young man joins the police academy
to become a policeman like his
father, whom he respects.
An executive who has cancer requests
all studies and blood work and
discusses in detail with her doctor,
as if she were speaking about
someone else.
A group therapy client strongly dis-
likes another member but claims
that it is the member who “dislikes
her.
John, who despises Jeremy, greets
him warmly and offers him food and
beverages and special attention.
A mother of a child killed in a drive-by
shooting becomes involved in
legislative change for gun laws and
gun violence.
A man who has thoughts that his
father will die must step on sidewalk
cracks to prevent this and cannot
miss a crack.
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 6
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
7
Freud’s Psychosexual Development (Continued)
Age Stage Task
6 – 12 yr
13 – 20 yr
Sullivan’s Interpersonal Theory
Age Stage Task
0 – 18 mo
18 mo – 6 yr
6 – 9 yr
9 – 12 yr
12 – 14 yr
14 – 21 yr
Erikson’s Psychosocial Theory
Age Stage Task
0 – 18 mo
18 mo – 3 yr
3 – 6 yr
BASICS
(Continued on following page)
Latency
Genital
Repressed sexuality; channeled
sexual drives (sports)
Puberty with sexual interest in
opposite sex
Infancy
Childhood
Juvenile
Preadolescence
Early adolescence
Late adolescence
Anxiety reduction via oral
gratification
Delay in gratification
Satisfying peer
relationships
Satisfying same-sex
relationships
Satisfying opposite-sex
relationships
Lasting intimate opposite-
sex relationship
Trust vs. mistrust
Autonomy vs.
shame/doubt
Initiative vs. guilt
Basic trust in mother figure
& generalizes
Self-control/independence
Initiate and direct own
activities
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 7
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
8
Erikson’s Psychosocial Theory (Continued)
Age Stage Task
6 – 12 yr
12 – 20 yr
20 – 30 yr
30 – 65 yr
65 yr – death
Mahler’s Theory of Object Relations
Age Phase (subphase) Task
0 – 1 mo
1 – 5 mo
5 – 10 mo
10 16 mo
16 – 24 mo
24 – 36 mo
BASICS
Industry vs.
inferiority
Identity vs. role
confusion
Intimacy vs.
isolation
Generativity vs.
stagnation
Ego integrity vs.
despair
Self-confidence through suc-
cessful performance and
recognition
Task integration from pre-
vious stages; secure sense
of self
Form a lasting relationship
or commitment
Achieve life’s goals; consider
future generations
Life review with meaning
from both positives and
negatives; positive self-
worth
1. Normal autism
2. Symbiosis
3. Separation –
individuation
– Differentiation
Practicing
Rapprochement
Consolidation
Basic needs fulfillment (for
survival)
Awareness of external fulfillment
source
Commencement of separateness
from mother figure
Locomotor independence; aware-
ness of separateness of self
Acute separateness awareness;
seeks emotional refueling from
mother figure
Established sense of separate-
ness; internalizes sustained
image of loved person/object
when out of sight; separation
anxiety resolution
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 8
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
9
Peplau’s Interpersonal Theory
Age Stage Task
Infant
Toddler
Early Childhood
Late Childhood
Stages of Personality Development tables modified from Townsend MC. Psychiatric
Mental Health Nursing, 5/e. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2006, used with permission
Biological Aspects of Mental Illness
Mind-Body Dualism to Brain and Behavior
René Descartes (17th C) espoused the theory of the mind-body dualism
(Cartesian dualism), wherein the mind (soul) was said to be completely
separate from the body.
Current research and approaches show the connection between mind and
body and that newer treatments will develop from a better understanding
of both the biological and psychological. (Hunt 1994)
The US Congress stated that the 1990s would be The Decade of the
Brain,” with increased focus and research in the areas of neurobiology,
genetics, and biological markers.
The Decade of Behavior (2000–2010) is a “multidisciplinary” initiative
launched by the American Psychological Association (APA), focusing on
the behavioral and social sciences, trying to address major challenges
facing the US today in health, safety, education, prosperity, and
democracy (www.decadeofbehavior.org).
BASICS
Depending on
others
Delaying
satisfaction
Self-identification
Participation
skills
Learning ways to communicate
with primary caregiver for
meeting comfort needs
Some delay in self-gratification to
please others
Acquisition of appropriate roles and
behaviors through perception
of others’ expectations of self
Competition, compromise, coop-
eration skills acquisition; sense
of one’s place in the world
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 9
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
10
Central and Peripheral Nervous System
Central Nervous System
Brain
Forebrain
Cerebrum (frontal, parietal, temporal, and occipital lobes)
Diencephalon (thalamus, hypothalamus, and limbic system)
Midbrain
Mesencephalon
Hindbrain
Pons, medulla, and cerebellum
Nerve Tissue
Neurons
Synapses
Neurotransmitters
Spinal Cord
Fiber tracts
Spinal nerves
Peripheral Nervous System
Afferent System
Sensory neurons (somatic and visceral)
Efferent System
Somatic nervous system (somatic motor neurons)
Autonomic nervous system
Sympathetic Nervous System
Visceral motor neurons
Parasympathetic Nervous System
Visceral motor neurons
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 10
11
The Brain
Left cerebral hemisphere showing some of the functional areas that have
been mapped. (From Scanlon VC, Sanders T: Essentials of Anatomy and
Physiology, ed. 5. FA Davis, Philadelphia 2007, with permission)
BASICS
Frontal lobe
Premotor area
Motor area
General sensory area
Sensory association
area
Parietal lobe
Occipital lobe
Visual area
Auditory
area
Temporal lobe
Auditory
association
area
Visual
association
area
Motor speech
area
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 11
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
12
Limbic System
The limbic system and its structures. (Adapted from Scanlon VC, Sanders
T: Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, ed. 5. FA Davis, Philadelphia 2007,
with permission)
BASICS
Amygdala
Mammillary Body
Olfactory
Tra ct
Septum
pellucidum
Cingulate
gyrus
Thalamus
Fornix
Hypothalamus
Hippocampus
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 12
13
Autonomic Nervous System
Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Effects
Structure Sympathetic Parasympathetic
Eye (pupil)
Nasal Mucosa
Salivary Gland
Heart
Arteries
Lung
Gastrointestinal
Tract
Liver
Kidney
Bladder
Sweat Glands
BASICS
Dilation
Mucus reduction
Saliva reduction
Rate increased
Constriction
Bronchial muscle
relaxation
Decreased motility
Conversion of
glycogen to
glucose
increased
Decreased urine
Contraction of
sphincter
Sweating
Constriction
Mucus increased
Saliva increased
Rate decreased
Dilation
Bronchial muscle contraction
Increased motility
Glycogen synthesis
Increased urine
Relaxation of sphincter
No change
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 13
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
14
Synapse Transmission
Impulse transmission at a synapse. Arrows indicate direction of electrical
impulse. (From Scanlon VC, Sanders T: Essentials of Anatomy and
Physiology, ed. 5. FA Davis, Philadelphia 2007, with permission)
BASICS
Axon of presynaptic
neuron
Vesicles of neurotransmitter
Dendrite of
postsynaptic
neuron
Inactivator
(cholinesterase)
Receptor site
Neurotransmitter
(acetylcholine)
Mitochondrion
Na
+
Na
+
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 14
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
15
Neurotransmitters
Neurotransmitter Functions and Effects
Neurotransmitter Function Effect
Dopamine
Serotonin
Norepinephrine
Gamma-aminobutyric
acid (GABA)
Acetylcholine
Legal-Ethical Issues
Confidentiality
Confidentiality in all of health care is important but notably so in psychiatry
because of possible discriminatory treatment of those with mental illness.
All individuals have a right to privacy, and all client records and communi-
cations should be kept confidential.
Do’s and Don’ts of Confidentiality
Do not discuss clients by using their actual names or any identifier that
could be linked to a particular client (e.g., name/date of birth on an x-ray/
assessment form).
Do not discuss client particulars outside of a private, professional
environment. Do not discuss with family members or friends.
Be particularly careful in elevators of hospitals or community centers. You
never know who might be on the elevator with you.
Even in educational presentations, protect client identity by changing
names (John Doe) and obtaining all (informed consent) permissions.
Every client has the right to confidential and respectful treatment.
BASICS
Inhibitory
Inhibitory
Excitatory
Inhibitory
Excitatory
Fine movement, emotional behavior.
Implicated in schizophrenia and
Parkinsons.
Sleep, mood, eating behavior.
Implicated in mood disorders,
anxiety, and violence.
Arousal, wakefulness, learning.
Implicated in anxiety and addiction.
Anxiety states.
Arousal, attention, movement.
Increase spasms and decrease
paralysis.
(Text continued on following page)
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 15
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
16
Accurate, objective record keeping is important, and documentation is
significant legally in demonstrating what was actually done for client care.
If not documented, treatments are not considered done.
When Confidentiality Must Be Breached
Confidentiality and Child Abuse – If it is suspected or clear that a child
is being abused or in danger of abuse (physical/sexual/emotional) or
neglect, the health professional must report such abuse as mandated by
the Child Abuse Prevention Treatment Act, originally enacted in 1974 (PL
93–247).
Confidentiality and Elder Abuse – If suspected or clear that an elder is
being abused or in danger of abuse or neglect, then the health
professional must also report this abuse.
Tarasoff Principle/Duty to Warn (Tarasoff v. Regents of the University
of California 1976) – Refers to the responsibility of a therapist, health
professional, or nurse to warn a potential victim of imminent danger (a
threat to harm person) and breach confidentiality. The person in danger
and others (able to protect person) must be notified of the intended harm.
The Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA) (1996)
Enacted on August 21, 1996, HIPAA was established with the goal of assuring
that an individual’s health information is properly protected while allowing
the flow of health information. (US Department of Health and Human
Services, 2006, HIPAA, 2006)
Types of Commitment
Voluntary An individual decides treatment is needed and admits
him/herself to a hospital, leaving of own volition – unless a professional
(psychiatrist/other professional) decides that the person is a danger to
him/herself or others.
Involuntary – Involuntary commitments include: 1) emergency
commitments, including those unable to care for self (basic personal
needs) and 2) involuntary outpatient commitment (IOC).
Emergency Involves imminent danger to self or others; has
demonstrated a clear and present danger to self or others.
Usually initiated by health professionals, authorities, and sometimes
friends or family. Person is threatening to harm self or others. Or
evidence that the person is unable to care for her- or himself
(nourishment, personal, medical, safety) with reasonable probability
that death will result within a month.
302 Emergency Involuntary Commitment If a person is an
immediate danger to self or others or is in danger due to a lack of
ability to care for self, then an emergency psychiatric evaluation may
be filed (section 302). This person must then be evaluated by a
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 16
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
17
psychiatrist and released, or psychiatrist may uphold petition (patient
admitted for up to five days). (Laben & Crofts Yorker 1998; emergency
commitments 2004)
Restraints and Seclusion for an Adult — Behavioral
Health Care
The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO)
wants to reduce the use of behavioral restraints but has set forth guidelines
for safety in the event they are used.
In an emergency situation, restraints may be applied by an authorized and
qualified staff member, but an order must be obtained from a Licensed
Independent Practitioner (LIP) within 1 hour of initiation of restraints/
seclusion.
Following application of restraints, the following time frames must be
adhered to for reevaluation/reordering:
Within first hour, physician or LIP must evaluate the patient face to
face, after initiation of restraint/seclusion, if hospital uses accreditation
for Medicare deemed status purposes. If not for deemed status, LIP
performs face-to-face evaluation within 4 hours of initiation of
restraint/seclusion.
If adult is released prior to expiration of original order, LIP must
perform a face-to-face evaluation within 24 hours of initiation of
restraint/seclusion.
LIP reorders restraint every 4 hours until adult is released from
restaint/seclusion. A qualified RN or other authorized staff person
reevaluates individual and need to continue restraint/seclusion.
LIP face-to-face evaluation every 8 hours until patient is released from
restraint/seclusion.
4-hour RN or other qualified staff reassessment and 8-hour face-to-face
evaluation repeated, as long as restraint /seclusion clinically necessary.
(JCAHO revised 2005)
The American Psychiatric Nurses Association and International Society of
Psychiatric-Mental Health Nurses are committed to the reduction of seclu-
sion and restraint and have developed position statements, with a vision
of eventually eliminating seclusion and restraint. (APNA 2001; ISPN 1999)
Learn your institutional policies on restaints and seclusion and take
advantage of any training available, contacting supervisors/managers if
any questions about protocols.
ALERT: The decision to initiate seclusion or restraint is made only after all
other less restrictive, nonphysical methods have failed to resolve the
behavioral emergency (APNA 2001). Restraint of a patient may be both
physical and pharmacological (chemical) and infringes on a patient’s
BASICS
(Text continued on following page)
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 17
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
18
freedom of movement and may result in injury (physical or psychological)
and/or death. There must be an evaluation based on benefit: risk con-
sideration and a leaning toward alternative solutions. Restraints may
be used when there is dangerous behavior and to protect the patient and
others. You need to become familiar with the standards as set forth by
JCAHO and any state regulations and hospital policies. The least restrictive
method should be used and considered first, before using more restrictive
interventions.
A Patient’s Bill of Rights
First adopted in 1973 by the American Hospital Association, A Patient’s
Bill of Rights was revised on October 21, 1992
Sets forth an expectation of treatment and care that will allow for
improved collaboration between patients, health care providers,
and institutions resulting in better patient care. (American Hospital
Association [revised] 1992)
Informed Consent
Every adult person has the right to decide what can and cannot be done
to his or her own body (Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital,
105 NE 92 [NY 1914]).
Assumes a person is capable of making an informed decision about own
health care.
State regulations vary, but mental illness does not mean that a person is
or should be assumed incapable of making decisions related to his or her
own care.
Patients have a right to:
Information about their treatment and any procedures to be performed.
Know the inherent risks and benefits.
Without this information (specific information, risks, and benefits) a
person cannot make an informed decision. The above also holds true for
those who might participate in research. (Laben & Crofts Yorker 1998)
Right to Refuse Treatment/Medication
Just as a person has the right to accept treatment, he or she also has
the right to refuse treatment to the extent permitted by the law and to
be informed of the medical consequences of his/her actions.
In some emergency situations, a patient can be medicated or treated
against his/her will, but state laws vary, and so it is imperative to be-
come knowledgeable about applicable state laws. (American Hospital
Association [revised] 1992; Laben & Crofts Yorker 1998)
BASICS
01Pederson (F)-01 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 18
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
ASSESS
19
Psychiatric Assessment
Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS) 41
AIMS Rating Form 42
CAGE Screening Questionnaire 33
Clock-Drawing Test 50
Culturally Mediated Beliefs and Practices 51
Depression-Arkansas Scale (D-ARK Scale) 46
Documentation 57
DSM-IV-TR Multiaxial Classification and Tool 38
Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS) 44
Ethnocultural Assessment Tool 55
Ethnocultural Considerations 50
Focus Charting (DAR) 57
Geriatric Depression Rating Scale (GDS) 49
Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF) Scale 40
Medical History 25
Mental Status Assessment and Tool 34
Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) 50
Perception of Mental Health Services: Ethnocultural Differences 54
PIE Charting (APIE) (Example) 58
PIE Method (APIE) 58
Problem-Oriented Record (POR) 57
Psychiatric History and Assessment Tool 20
Short Michigan Alcohol Screening Test (SMAST) 33
Substance History and Assessment Tool 31
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 19
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
20
ASSESS
Psychiatric History and Assessment Tool
Identifying/Demographic Information
Name Room No.
Primary Care Provider:
DOB Age Sex
Race: Ethnicity:
Marital Status: No. Marriages:
If married/divorced/separated/widowed, how long?
Occupation/School (grade):
Highest Education Level:
Religious Affiliation:
City of Residence:
Name/Phone # of Significant Other:
Primary Language Spoken:
Accompanied by:
Admitted from:
Previous Psychiatric Hospitalizations (#):
Chief Complaint (in patient’s own words):
DSM-IV Diagnosis (previous/current):
Nursing Diagnosis:
Notes:
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 20
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
21
ASSESS
Family Members/Significant Others Living in Home
Name Relationship Age Occupation/Grade
Family Members/Significant Others Not in Home
Name Relationship Age Occupation/Grade
Children
Name Age Living at Home?
CLINICAL PEARL: Compare what the client says with what other family
members, friends, or significant others say about situations or previous
treatments. It is usually helpful to gather information from those who
have observed/lived with the client and can provide another valuable
source/side of information. The reliability of the client in recounting the
past must be considered and should be noted.
Genogram – See Disorders/Intervention Tab for sample genogram and
common genogram symbols.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 21
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
ASSESS
22
Past Psychiatric Treatments/Medications
It is important to obtain a history of any previous psychiatric hospitalizations, the number of hospi-
talizations and dates, and to record all current/past psychotropic medications, as well as other medi-
cations the client may be taking. Ask the client what has worked in the past, and also what has not
worked, for both treatments and medications.
Inpatient Treatment
Facility/Location Dates From/To Diagnosis Treatments Response(s)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 22
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Outpatient Treatments/Services
Psychiatrist/Therapist Location Diagnosis Treatment Response(s)
Psychotropic Medications (Previous Treatments)
Name Dose/Dosages Treatment Length Response Comments
ASSESS
23
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 23
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
24
ASSESS
Current Psychotropic Medications
Name Dose/Dosages Date Started Response(s) Serum Levels
Other Current Medications, Herbals, and OTC Medications
Name Dose/Dosages Date Started Response(s) Comments
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 24
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
25
ASSESS
CLINICAL PEARL: It is important to ask about any herbals, OTC medica-
tions (e.g., pseudoephedrine), or nontraditional treatments as client may
not think to mention these when questioned about current medications.
Important herbals include, but are not limited to: St. John’s wort, ephedra
(ma huang), ginseng, kava kava, and yohimbe. These can interact with
psychotropics or other medications or cause anxiety and/or drowsiness,
as well as other adverse physiological reactions. Be sure to record and
then report any additional or herbal medications to the psychiatrist,
advanced practice nurse, psychiatric nurse, and professional team staff.
Medical History (See Clinical Pearls for Italics)
TPR: BP:
Height: Weight:
Cardiovascular (CV)
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Hypertension Murmurs Chest Pain (Angina)
Palpitations/
Tachycardia
Fainting/
Syncope
Leg Pain
(Claudication)
Heart Bypass
CLINICAL PEARL: Heterocyclic antidepressants must be used with caution
with cardiovascular disease. Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) may produce
life-threatening arrhythmias and ECG changes.
Shortness of
Breath
Myocardial
Infarction
Arrhythmias
Angioplasty
Ankle Edema/Congestive Heart
Failure
High Cholesterol
Other CV Disease
Other CV surgery
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 25
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
26
Central Nervous System (CNS)
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Headache
Dizziness/Vertigo
Myasthenia Gravis
Brain Tumor
TIAs
CLINICAL PEARL: Remember that myasthenia gravis is a contraindica-
tion to the use of antipsychotics; tremors could be due to a disease
such as Parkinson’s or could be a side effect of a psychotropic (lithium/
antipsychotic). Sometimes the elderly may be diagnosed as having
dementia when in fact they are depressed (pseudodementia). Use TCAs
cautiously with seizure disorders; bupropion use contraindicated in
seizure disorder.
Dermatological/Skin
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Psoriasis Hair Loss Itching
Rashes Acne Other/Surgeries
CLINICAL PEARL: Lithium can precipitate psoriasis or psoriatic arthritis
in patients with a history of psoriasis, or the psoriasis may be new onset.
Acne is also a possible reaction to lithium (new onset or exacerbation),
and lithium may result in, although rarely, hair loss (alopecia). Rashes
in patients on carbamazepine or lamotrigine may be a sign of a life-
threatening mucocutaneous reaction, such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome
(SJS). Discontinue medication/immediate medical attention needed.
ASSESS
Head Injury
Loss of Consciousness
(LOC); how long?
Parkinsons Disease
Seizure Disorder
Other
Tremors
Stroke
Dementia
Multiple Sclerosis
Surgery
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 26
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
27
ASSESS
Endocrinology/Metabolic
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Polydipsia
Hyperthyroidism
Polycystic
Ovarian
Syndrome
CLINICAL PEARL: Clients on lithium should be observed and tested for
hypothyroidism. Atypical and older antipsychotics are associated with
treatment-emergent diabetes (need periodic testing: FBS, HgbA1c, lipids;
BMI, etc).
Eye, Ears, Nose,Throat
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Eye Pain
Red Eye
Glaucoma
Hoarseness
CLINICAL PEARL: Eye pain and halo around a light source are possible
symptoms of glaucoma. Closed-angle glaucoma is a true emergency and
requires immediate medical attention to prevent blindness. Anticholiner-
gics (low-potency antipsychotics [chlorpromazine] or tricyclics) can cause
blurred vision. Check for history of glaucoma as antipsychotics are
contraindicated.
Halo around
Light Source
Double vision
Tinnitus
Other
Blurring
Flashing Lights/Floaters
Ear Pain/Otitis Media
Other/Surgery
Polyuria
Hypothyroidism
Other
Diabetes Type 1 or 2
Hirsutism
Surgery
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 27
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
28
Gastrointestinal
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Nausea & Vomiting
GERD
Colon Cancer
CLINICAL PEARL: Nausea is a common side effect of many medications;
tricyclic antidepressants can cause constipation. Nausea seems to be
more common with paroxetine. Over time clients may adjust to these side
effects, therefore no decision should be made about effectiveness/side
effects or changing medications without a reasonable trial.
Genitourinary/Reproductive
Does client have or ever had the following disorders/symptoms (include
date):
Miscarriages? Y/N Abortions? Y/N
# When? # When?
Nipple Discharge
Lactation
Pregnancy Problems
Prostate Problems (BPH)
Penile Discharge
Renal Disease
Other/Surgery
ASSESS
Diarrhea
Crohn’s Disease
Irritable Bowel Syndrome
Constipation
Colitis
Other/Surgery
Amenorrhea
Dysuria
Postpartum
Depression
Menopause
UTI
Urinary Cancer
Other Gyneco-
logical Cancer
Gynecomastia
Urinary Incontinence
Sexual Dysfunction
Fibrocystic Breast
Disease
Pelvic Pain
Breast Cancer
Other
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 28
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
29
ASSESS
CLINICAL PEARL: Antipsychotics have an effect on the endocrinological
system by affecting the tuberoinfundibular system. Those on antipsy-
chotics may experience gynecomastia and lactation (men also). Women
may experience amenorrhea. Some drugs (TCAs), such as amitriptyline,
must be used with caution with BPH. Postpartum depression requires
evaluation and treatment (see Postpartum Major Depressive Episode in
Disorders-Interventions Tab).
Respiratory
Does client have or ever had (include date):
Chronic Cough
Asthma
Cancer (Lung/Throat)
Other Questions:
Allergies (food/environmental/pet/contact)
Diet
Drug Allergies
Accidents
High Prolonged Fever
Tobacco Use
Childhood Illnesses
Sore Throat
COPD
Sleep Apnea
Bronchitis
Pneumonia
Other/Surgery
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 29
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
30
ASSESS
Fractures
Menses Began
Birth Control
Disabilities (hearing/speech/movement)
Pain (describe/location/length of time [over or under 3 months]/severity
between 1 [least] and 10 [worst])/Treatment
Family History
Mental Illness
Medical Disorders
Substance Abuse
Please note who in the family has the problem/disorder.
Substance Use
Prescribed Drugs
Name Dosage Reason
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 30
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
31
ASSESS
Street Drugs
Name Amount/Day Reason
Alcohol
Name Amount/Day/Week Reason
Substance History and Assessment Tool
1. When you were growing up, did anyone in your family use substances
(alcohol or drugs)? If yes, how did the substance use affect the family?
2. When (how old) did you use your first substance (e.g., alcohol,
cannabis) and what was it?
3. How long have you been using a substance(s) regularly? Weeks,
months, years?
4. Pattern of abuse
a. When do you use substances?
b. How much and how often do you use?
c. Where are you when you use substances and with whom?
5. When did you last use; what was it and how much did you use?
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 31
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
32
6. Has substance use caused you any problems with family, friends, job,
school, the legal system, other? If yes, describe:
7. Have you ever had an injury or accident because of substance abuse?
If yes, describe:
8. Have you ever been arrested for a DUI because of your drinking or
other substance use?
9. Have you ever been arrested or placed in jail because of drugs or
alcohol?
10. Have you ever experienced memory loss the morning after substance
use (can’t remember what you did the night before)? Describe the
event and feelings about the situation:
11. Have you ever tried to stop your substance use? If yes, why were you
not able to stop? Did you have any physical symptoms such as
shakiness, sweating, nausea, headaches, insomnia, or seizures?
12. Describe a typical day in your life.
13. Are there any changes you would like to make in your life? If so,
describe:
14. What plans or ideas do you have for making these changes?
15. History of withdrawal:
Other comments:
ASSESS
Modified from Townsend 5th ed., 2006, with permission
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 32
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
33
CAGE Screening Questionnaire
(C) Have you ever felt the need to Cut Down on your drinking/use of
drugs? Y__ N__
(A) Have you been Annoyed
by the criticism of others about your
drinking/drug use? Y__ N__
(G) Have you felt Guilty
about the amount of drinking you do? Y__ N__
(E) Have you ever had an Eye Opener
(drink) first thing in the morning to
steady your nerves? Y__ N__
A positive (yes) response to two or more questions suggests that there is
an alcohol/substance abuse problem.
(Ewing JA: Detecting alcoholism: The CAGE questionnaire. JAMA
252:1905–1907, 1984. Copyright
©
1984 American Medical Association.
All Rights Reserved.)
Note: The need to cut down
is related to tolerance (needing more
substance for same effect) and the eye opener
is related to withdrawal
syndrome (reduction/cessation of substance).
Short Michigan Alcohol Screening Test (SMAST)
Do you feel you are a normal drinker? [no] Y__ N__
Does someone close to you worry about your drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Do you feel guilty about your drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Do friends/relatives think you’re a normal drinker? [no] Y__ N__
Can you stop drinking when you want to? [no] Y__ N__
Have you ever attended an AA meeting? [yes] Y__ N__
Has drinking created problems between you and a loved one/relative?
[yes] Y__ N__
Gotten in trouble at work because of drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Neglected obligations/family/work 2 days in a row because
of drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Gone to anyone for help for your drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Ever been in a hospital because of drinking? [yes] Y__ N__
Arrested for drunk driving or DUI? [yes] Y__ N__
Arrested for other drunken behavior? [yes] Y__ N__
Total
Five or more positive items suggests alcohol problem.
(Positive answers are in brackets above) (Selzer 1975)
ASSESS
(Reprinted with permission from Journal of Studies on Alcohol, vol. 36, pp. 117–126,
1975. Copyright by Journal of Studies on Alcohol, Inc., Rutgers Center of Alcohol
Studies, Piscataway, NJ 08854 and Melvin L. Selzer, MD)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 33
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Age
Race/Ethnicity
Educational Level
Occupation
34
Mental Status Assessment and Tool
The components of the mental status assessment are:
General Appearance
Behavior/Activity
Speech and Language
Mood and Affect
Thought Process and Content
Perceptual Disturbances
Memory/Cognitive
Judgment and Insight
Each component must be approached in a methodical manner so that a
thorough evaluation of the client can be done from a mood, thought,
appearance, insight, judgment, and overall perspective.
It is important to document all these findings even though this record
represents one point in time. It is helpful over time to see any patterns
(regressions/improvement) and to gain an understanding of any changes
that would trigger a need to reevaluate the client or suggest a decline in
functioning.
Mental Status Assessment Tool
Identifying Information
Name
Sex
Significant Other
Religion
Presenting problem:
Appearance
Grooming/dress
Hygiene
Eye contact
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 34
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
35
ASSESS
Posture
Identifying features (marks/scars/tattoos)
Appearance versus stated age
Overall appearance
CLINICAL PEARL: It is helpful to ask the client to talk about him/herself
and to ask open-ended questions to help the client express thoughts and
feelings; e.g., “Tell me why you are here?” Encourage further discussion
with: “Tell me more.” A less direct and more conversational tone at the
beginning of the interview may help reduce the client’s anxiety and set
the stage for the trust needed in a therapeutic relationship.
Behavior/Activity (check if present)
Hyperactive
Agitated
Psychomotor retardation
Calm
Tremors
Tics
Unusual movements/gestures
Catatonia
Akathisia
Rigidity
Facial movements (jaw/lip smacking)
Other
Speech
Slow/rapid
Pressured
Tone
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 35
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
36
Volume (loud/soft)
Fluency (mute/hesitation/latency of response)
Attitude
Is client:
Cooperative Uncooperative
Warm/friendly Distant
Suspicious Combative
Guarded Aggressive
Hostile Aloof
Apathetic Other
Mood and Affect
Is client:
Elated Sad Depressed
Irritable Anxious
Fearful Guilty
Worried Angry
Hopeless Labile
Mixed (anxious and depressed)
Is client’s affect:
Flat
Blunted or diminished
Appropriate
Inappropriate/incongruent (sad and smiling/laughing)
Other
Thought Process
Concrete thinking
Circumstantiality
Tangentiality
Loose association
Echolalia
Flight of ideas
Perseveration
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 36
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
37
ASSESS
Clang associations
Blocking
Word salad
Derailment
Other
Thought Content
Does client have:
Delusions (grandiose/persecution/reference/somatic):
Suicidal/homicidal thoughts
If homicidal, toward whom?
Obsessions
Paranoia
Phobias
Magical thinking
Poverty of speech
Other
CLINICAL PEARL: Questions around suicide and homicide need to be
direct. For instance, Are you thinking of harming yourself/another per-
son right now? (If another, who?) Clients will usually admit to suicidal
thoughts if asked directly but will not always volunteer this information.
Any threat to harm someone else requires informing the potential victim
and the authorities. (See When Confidentiality Must be Breached, Tarasoff
Principle/Duty to Warn, in Basics Tab.)
Perceptual Disturbances
Is client experiencing:
Visual Hallucinations
Auditory Hallucinations
Commenting
Discussing
Commanding
Loud
Soft
Other
Other Hallucination (olfactory/tactile)
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 37
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
38
Illusions
Depersonalization
Other
Memory/Cognitive
Orientation (time/place/person)
Memory (recent/remote/confabulation)
Level of alertness
Insight and Judgment
Insight (awareness of the nature of the illness)
Judgment
For example: “What would you do if you saw a fire in a movie theater?”
“How will you manage financially once you leave the hospital?”
Other
Impulse control
Other
DSM-IV-TR Multiaxial Classification and Tool
Allows for assessment on various axes, which provides information on
different domains and assists in planning interventions and identifying
outcomes. Includes GAF (axis V) (explained later).
Components
Axis I: Clinical Disorder (or focus of clinical attention)
Axis II: Personality Disorders/Mental Retardation
Axis III: General Medical Conditions
Axis IV: Psychosocial/Environmental
Axis V: Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF)
Current:
Past Year, highest level:
Admission:
Discharge:
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 38
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
39
Sample DSM-IV-TR Multiaxial Classifications
Axis I: V61.10 Partner Relational Problem
Axis II: 301.6 Dependent Personality Disorder
Axis III: 564.1 Irritable Bowel Syndrome
Axis IV: Two small daughters at home
Axis V: GAF (current) 65
Past year, highest level: 80
Axis I: 296.44 Bipolar I Disorder, most recent episode manic, severe with
psychotic features
Axis II: 301.83 Borderline Personality Disorder
Axis III: 704.00 Alopecia
Axis IV: Unemployed
Axis V: GAF Admission: 28
Discharge: 62
DSM-IV-TR Multiaxial Evaluation Tool*
Axis I:
Clinical Disorder/Clinical Focus
Include diagnostic code/
DSM-IV name
Axis II:
Personality Disorders/Mental Retardation; include
Diagnostic code/DSM-IV name
Axis III:
Any General Medical Conditions
Include ICD-9-CM codes/names
Axis IV:
Psychosocial/Environmental Problems:
(family/primary support group/social/occupational/
educational/health care/legal/crime/other)
Axis V (GAF):
Current/hospital:
Highest level past year/discharge:
Multiaxial form reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, Text Revision
(Copyright 2000). American Psychiatric Association.
ASSESS
*See Tools Tab for DSM-IV-TR Classification/Codes
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 39
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
40
ASSESS
CLINICAL PEARL: It is often an Axis I disorder (depression/anxiety) that
brings a client into therapy but an Axis II disorder (dependent/borderline
personality) that keeps the client in therapy. Problems/crises continue in
spite of treatment.
Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF)/Scale
The GAF provides an overall rating of assessment of function. It is
concerned with psychosocial/occupational aspects and divided into ten
ranges of functioning, covering both symptom severity and functioning.
The GAF is recorded as a numerical value on Axis V of the Multiaxial
System (see above).
Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF) Scale
Note: Use intermediate codes when appropriate
Code (e.g., 45, 68, 72).
100
91
90
81
80
71
70
61
60
51
Superior functioning in a wide range of activities, life’s problems
never seem to get out of hand, sought out by others because
of his or her many positive qualities. No symptoms.
Absent or minimal symptoms (e.g., mild anxiety before an
exam), good functioning in all areas, interested and involved
in a wide range of activities, socially effective; generally
satisfied with life; no more than general problems or concerns
(e.g., an occasional argument with family members).
If symptoms are present, they are transient and expectable
reactions to psychosocial stressors (e.g., difficulty
concentrating after family argument); slight impairment in
social, work, or school functioning (e.g., temporarily falling
behind in schoolwork).
Some mild symptoms (e.g., depressed mood and mild insomnia)
OR some difficulty in social, occupational, or school
functioning (e.g., occasional truancy, or theft within the
household), but generally functioning pretty well, has some
meaningful interpersonal relationships.
Moderate symptoms (e.g., flat affect and circumstantial speech,
occasional panic attacks) OR moderate difficulty in social,
occupational, or school functioning (e.g., few friends, conflicts
with peers or co-workers).
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 40
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
41
Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF) Scale
Note: Use intermediate codes when appropriate
Code (e.g., 45, 68, 72).
50
41
40
31
30
21
20
11
10
1
0 Inadequate information
GAF scale reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, Text Revision (Copyright
2000). American Psychiatric Association.
Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS)
AIMS is a 5- to 10-minute clinician/other-trained rater (psychiatric nurse)
scale to assess for tardive dyskinesia. AIMS is not a scored scale but
rather a comparative scale documenting changes over time (Guy 1976).
Baseline should be done before instituting pharmacotherapy and then
every 3 to 6 months thereafter. Check with federal and hospital
regulations for time frames. Long-term care facilities are required
to perform the AIMS at initiation of antipsychotic therapy and every
6 months thereafter.
ASSESS
Serious symptoms (e.g., suicidal ideation, severe obsessional
rituals, frequent shoplifting) OR serious impairment in social,
occupational, or school functioning (e.g., no friends, unable to
keep a job).
Some impairment in reality testing or communication (e.g., speech
is at times illogical, obscure, or irrelevant) OR major impairment
in several areas, such as work, school, family relations, judg-
ment, thinking, or mood (e.g., depressed man avoids friends,
neglects family, and is unable to work; child frequently beats up
younger children, is defiant at home, and is failing at school).
Behavior is considerably influenced by delusions or hallucinations
OR serious impairment in communication or judgment (e.g.,
sometimes incoherent, acts grossly inappropriately, suicidal
preoccupation) OR inability to function in almost all areas (e.g.,
stays in bed all day; no job, home, or friends).
Some danger of hurting self or others (e.g., suicide attempts
without clear expectation of death; frequently violent; manic
excitement) OR occasionally fails to maintain minimal personal
hygiene (e.g., smears feces) OR gross impairment in
communication (e.g., largely incoherent or mute).
Persistent danger of severely hurting self or others (e.g., recurrent
violence) OR persistent inability to maintain minimal personal
hygiene OR serious suicidal act with clear expectation of death.
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 41
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
42
ASSESS
Code:
0: None
1: Minimal, may be
extreme normal
2: Mild
3: Moderate
4: Severe
AIMS Examination Procedure
Either before or after completing the examination procedure, observe the
client unobtrusively, at rest (e.g., in waiting room). The chair to be used in this
examination should be hard and firm without arms.
Ask client to remove shoes and socks.
Ask client if there is anything in his/her mouth (e.g., gum, candy); if there
is, to remove it.
Ask client about the current condition of his/her teeth. Ask client if he/she
wears dentures. Do teeth or dentures bother the client now?
Ask client whether he/she notices any movements in mouth, face, hands,
or feet. If yes, ask to describe and to what extent they currently bother
client or interfere with his/her activities.
Have client sit in chair with hands on knees, legs slightly apart and feet flat
on floor. (Look at entire body for movements while client is in this position.)
Ask client to sit with hands hanging unsupported: if male, between legs; if
female and wearing a dress, hanging over knees. (Observe hands and
other body areas.)
Ask client to open mouth. (Observe tongue at rest in mouth.) Do this twice.
Ask client to protrude tongue. (Observe abnormalities of tongue
movement.) Do this twice.
Ask client to tap thumb, with each finger, as rapidly as possible for 10 to
15 seconds; separately with right hand, then with left hand. (Observe facial
and leg movements.)
Flex and extend client’s left and right arms (one at a time). (Note any
rigidity.)
Ask client to stand up. (Observe in profile. Observe all body areas again,
hips included.)
Ask client to extend both arms outstretched in front with palms down.
(Observe trunk, legs, and mouth.)
Have client walk a few paces, turn, and walk back to chair. (Observe hands
and gait.) Do this twice.
AIMS Rating Form
Name Rater Name
Date ID #
Instructions:
Complete the above examination procedure
before making ratings. For movement
ratings, circle the highest severity observed.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 42
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
43
ASSESS
Facial and
Oral Move-
ments
Extremity
Movements
Trunk
Movements
Global Judg-
ments
1. Muscles of Facial Expression
e.g., movements of forehead,
eyebrows, periorbital area,
cheeks.
Include frowning, blinking,
smiling, and grimacing.
2. Lips and Perioral Area
e.g., puckering, pouting, smacking
3. Jaw
e.g., biting, clenching, chewing,
mouth opening, lateral movement
4. Tongue
Rate only increase in movements
both in and out of mouth, NOT the
inability to sustain movement.
5. Upper (arms, wrists, hands, fingers)
Include choreic movements (i.e.,
rapid, objectively purposeless,
irregular, spontaneous), athetoid
movements (i.e., slow, irregular,
complex, serpentine).
Do NOT include tremor (i.e.,
repetitive, regular, rhythmic).
6. Lower (legs, knees, ankles, toes)
e.g., lateral knee movement, foot
tapping, heel dropping, foot
squirming, inversion and eversion
of the foot
7. Neck, shoulders, hips
e.g., rocking, twisting, squirming,
pelvic gyrations
8. Severity of Abnormal
Movements
9. Incapacitation Due to
Abnormal Movements
10. Client’s Awareness of
Abnormal Movements
Rate only client’s report.
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 43
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
44
ASSESS
11. Current Problems With
Teeth and/or Dentures
12. Does Client Usually Wear
Dentures?
0: No 1: Yes
0: No 1: Yes
2. I have looked forward with
enjoyment to things.
As much as I ever did
Rather less than I used to
Definitely less than I used to
Hardly at all
(Continued)
Dental Status
The Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS)
The EPDS is a valid screening tool for detecting postpartum depression. It
is important to differentiate postpartum blues from postpartal depression
and to observe for psychosis. Bipolar disorder and previous postpartum
psychosis increase risk for suicide or infanticide. (See Postpartum Major
Depressive Episode in the Disorders-Interventions Tab for signs and
symptoms, evaluation, and treatment of postpartum depression.)
The Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS)
Name:
Your date of birth:
Baby’s Age:
As you have recently had a baby, we would like to know how you are
feeling now. Please underline
the answer that comes closest to how
you have felt IN THE PAST 7 DAYS, not just how you feel today.
Sample question:
Here is an example already completed:
I have felt happy
Yes, most of the time
Y
es, some of the time
No, not very often
No, not at all
This would mean “I have felt happy some of the time during the past week.
Please complete the following questions in the same way:
1. I have been able to laugh and
see the funny side of things.
As much as I always could
Not quite so much now
Definitely not so much now
Not at all
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 44
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
45
3. I have blamed myself
unnecessarily when things
went wrong.*
Yes, most of the time
Yes, some of the time
Not very often
No, never
5. I have felt scared or panicky
for no very good reason.*
Yes, quite a lot
Yes, sometimes
No, not much
No, not at all
7. I have been so unhappy
that I have had difficulty
sleeping.*
Yes, most of the time
Yes, sometimes
Not very often
No, not at all
9. I have been so unhappy
that I have been crying.*
Yes, most of the time
Yes, quite often
Only occasionally
No, never
Total score (See scoring p. 46)
Instructions for users:
1. The mother is asked to underline the response that comes closest to
how she has been feeling in the previous 7 days.
2. All ten items must be completed.
3. Care should be taken to avoid the possibility of the mother
discussing her answers with others.
4. The mother should complete the scale herself, unless she has
limited English or has difficulty with reading.
ASSESS
4. I have been anxious or worried
for no good reason.
No, not at all
Hardly ever
Yes, sometimes
Yes, very often
6. Things have been getting on top
of me.*
Yes, most of the time I haven’t
been able to cope at all
Yes, sometimes I haven’t been
coping as well as usual
No, most of the time I have
coped quite well
No, I have been coping as
well as ever
8. I have felt sad or miserable.*
Yes, most of the time
Yes, quite often
Not very often
No, not at all
10. The thought of harming myself
has occurred to me.*
Yes, quite often
Sometimes
Hardly ever
Never
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 45
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
46
5. The EPDS may be used at 6–8 weeks to screen postnatal women.
The child health clinic, postnatal check-up, or a home visit may
provide suitable opportunities for its completion.
Scoring:
Questions 1, 2, and 4 are scored 0, 1, 2, and 3 according to increased
severity of the symptoms. The top response (e.g., As much as I always
could, question 1) would be scored a 0 and the bottom response (e.g.,
Not at all, question 1) scored a 3. Items marked with an asterisk *
(questions 3, 5–10) are reverse scored (i.e., 3, 2, 1, and 0). The total
score is calculated by adding together the scores for each of the ten
items. Maximum score is 30. Patients scoring 13 or more should be
assessed for possible depression. A cut-off of 10 or more may be used
if greater sensitivity is required. Any score above 0 on item 10 should
always prompt further assessment.
SOURCE: © 1987 The Royal College of Psychiatrists. The Edinburgh Post-
natal Depression Scale may be photocopied by individual researchers
or clinicians for their own use without seeking permission from the
publishers. The scale must be copied in full and all copies must
acknowledge the following source: Cox, J.L., Holden, J.M., & Sagovsky,
R. (1987). Detection of postnatal depression. Development of the 10-
item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. British Journal of Psychi-
atry, 150, 782–786. Written permission must be obtained from the Royal
College of Psychiatrists for copying and distribution to others or for
republication (in print, online or by any other medium).
Translations of the scale, and guidance as to its use, may be found in
Cox, J.L. & Holden, J. (2003) Perinatal Mental Health: A Guide to the
Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. London: Gaskell.
Depression-Arkansas Scale (D-ARK Scale)
The D-ARK scale is a practical, self-report assessment scale for measuring
major depressive disorder in clinical settings. It is scientifically sound and
simple to use (Smith, Kramer, Hollenberg et al 2002).
Depression-Arkansas (D-ARK) Scale
Underline or circle your response to each of 11 questions that follow; note
that each question relates to the past 4 weeks:
1. How often in the past 4 weeks have you felt depressed, blue, or in low
spirits for most of the day?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week (4) Nearly
every day for at least two weeks
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 46
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
47
2. How often in the past 4 weeks did you have days in which you
experienced little or no pleasure in most of your activities?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week (4) Nearly
every day for at least two weeks
3. How often in the past 4 weeks has your appetite been either less than
usual or greater than usual?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week (4) Nearly
every day for at least two weeks
4. In the past 4 weeks, have you gained or lost weight without trying to?
(1) No (2) Yes, a little weight (3) Yes, some weight (4) Yes, a lot of
weight
5. How often in the past 4 weeks have you had difficulty sleeping or
trouble with sleeping too much?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week (4) Nearly
every day for at least two weeks
6. In the past 4 weeks, has your physical activity been slowed down or
speeded up so much people who know you could notice?
(1) No (2) Yes, a little slowed or speeded up (3) Yes, somewhat slowed
or speeded up (4) Yes, very slowed or speeded up
7. In the past 4 weeks, have you often felt more tired out or less
energetic than usual?
(1) No (2) Yes, a little tired (3) Yes, somewhat tired out (4) Yes, very
tired out
8. How often in the past 4 weeks have you felt worthless or been
bothered by feelings of guilt?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week
(4) Nearly every day for at least two weeks
9. In the past 4 weeks, have you often had trouble thinking,
concentrating, or making decisions?
(1) No (2) Yes, a little trouble thinking (3) Yes, some trouble thinking
(4) Yes, a lot of trouble thinking
10. How often have you thought about death or suicide in the past
4 weeks?
(1) Not at all (2) 1 to 3 days a week (3) Most days a week
(4) Nearly every day for at least two weeks
11. In the past 4 weeks, have you thought a lot about a specific way to
commit suicide?
(1) No (2) Yes
ASSESS
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 47
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
48
ASSESS
Diagnostic Score (see scoring below)
Part A
Part B
Total Score (A B)
D-ARK Diagnostic Scoring
Part A: If respondent scores Questions 1 or 2 greater than or equal to 2;
then Part A 1
Part B: Score individual items as follows:
If question 1 is greater than or equal to 2, Criterion 1 1;
Score
If question 2 is greater than or equal to 2, Criterion 2 1;
Score
If question 3 is greater than or equal to 2, or Question
4 is greater than or equal to 2, Criterion 3 1;
Score
If questions 5–9 are greater than or equal to 3, Criteria 4–8 1 each;
Score
If Question 10 is greater than or equal to 3, or Question 11 2, Criterion
9 1; Score
Part B: Add scores for Criterion 1 through 9, and Total: ; if the
total of Criteria 1–9 is greater than or equal to 5, then Part B 1
If Part A
1 and Part B
1, then the respondent meets the criteria for
depression.
Note: The D-ARK Scale includes all 9 DSM-IV Criteria symptoms for
diagnosing Major Depressive Disorder. (See DSM-IV-TR, Mood
Episodes, Criteria for Major Depressive Episode and also Major
Depressive Episode in the Disorders-Interventions Tab.)
D-ARK Severity Scoring
Recode Questions 1–10 as 0 to 3; if Question 11 1, then Question
11 0; if Question 11 2, then Question 11 3. Calculate the mean
of questions 1–11; multiply by 33.33. This product is the severity score.
If Question 10 is missing (not answered) or two or more questions are
missing, do not score severity.
“Depression-Arkansas Scale (D-ARK Scale),” Copyright 1997
University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences
4301 West Markham Street
Little Rock, AR 72205
Used with permission.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 48
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
49
Geriatric Depression Rating Scale (GDS)
Short Version
Choose the best answer for how you have felt over the past week (circle
yes or no):
1. Are you basically satisfied with your life? YES/NO
2. Have you dropped many of your activities and interests? YES/NO
3. Do you feel that your life is empty? YES/NO
4. Do you often get bored? YES/NO
5. Are you in good spirits most of the time? YES/NO
6. Are you afraid that something bad is going to happen to you?
YES/NO
7. Do you feel happy most of the time? YES/NO
8. Do you often feel helpless? YES/NO
9. Do you prefer to stay at home, rather than going out and doing new
things? YES/NO
10. Do you feel you have more problems with memory than most?
YES/NO
11. Do you think it is wonderful to be alive now? YES/NO
12. Do you feel pretty worthless the way you are now? YES/NO
13. Do you feel full of energy? YES/NO
14. Do you feel that your situation is hopeless? YES/NO
15. Do you think that most people are better off than you are? YES/NO
Total Score
Bold answers depression
GDS Scoring:
12–15 Severe depression
8–11 Moderate depression
5–7 Mild depression
0–4 Normal
(Yesavage et al. 1983; Sheikh 1986; GDS Web site:
http://www.stanford.edu/~yesavage/)
ALERT: As with all rating scales, further evaluation and monitoring are
often needed. Be sure to perform a Mini-Mental State Examination
(MMSE) first to screen for/rule out dementia (cognitive deficits).
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 49
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
50
Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)
The Mini-Mental State Examination is a brief (10-minute) standardized,
reliable screening instrument used to assess for cognitive impairment
and commonly used to screen for dementia. It evaluates orientation,
registration, concentration, language, short-term memory, and visual-
spatial aspects and can be scored quickly (24–30 normal; 18–23
mild/moderate cognitive impairment; 0–17 severe cognitive
impairment). (Folstein et al. 1975; Psychological Assessment
Resources, Inc.)
The Clock-Drawing Test
Another test that is said to be possibly more sensitive to early dementia
is the clock-drawing test. There are many variations and clock is first
drawn (by clinician) and divided into tenths or quadrants. Client is asked
to put the numbers in the appropriate places and then indicate the time
as “ten minutes after eleven.” Scoring is based on test used and
completion of the tasks. (Manos 2004)
Ethnocultural Considerations
With over 400 ethnocultural groups, it is impossible to cover every group
within North America. It is important, however, to become familiar with
the characteristics and customs of most ethnocultural groups you will be
working with and sensitive to any differences.
Ethnicity refers to a common ancestry through which individuals have
evolved shared values and customs. This sense of commonality is trans-
mitted over generations by family and reinforced by the surrounding
community (McGoldrick, 2005).
Suggested References for Further Reading Include:
Lipson J, and Dibble S: Culture and Clinical Care, 2/e. University of
California, School of Nursing, San Francisco 2005.
McGoldrick M, Giordano J, and Garcia-Preto N: Ethnicity and Family
Therapy, 3/e. The Guilford Press, New York 2005.
Purnell LD, and Paulanka BJ: Guide to Culturally Competent Health
Care. FA Davis, Philadelphia 2005.
ASSESS
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 50
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
51
ASSESS
Culturally Mediated Beliefs and Practices
Dying/birth Role differences Religion Communication
African
American
Arab
American
Reluctant to donate
organs
Ask about advance
directives/durable
power of attorney
(may not have any)
– usually family
makes decisions as
a whole. Burials
may take up to 5–7
d after death. Varied
responses to death.
Colostrum is believed
harmful to the
infant
Death is God’s will;
turn patient’s bed to
face Mecca and
read the Koran. No
cremation, no
autopsy (except
forensic) and organ
donation accept-
able.
Baptist/Methodist/
other Protes-
tant/Muslim
(Nation of
Islam/other sects)
Determine affiliation
during interview/
determine impor-
tance of church/
religion.
Muslim (usually
Sunni)/Protestant/
Greek orthodox/
other Christian
Duties of Islam:
Declaration of
faith, prayer 5
times/d, alms-
giving, fasting
during Ramadan,
and pilgrimage to
Mecca.
Varies by educa-
tional level/socio-
economic level.
High percentage of
families is
matriarchal.
Extended family
important in
health education;
include women in
decision mak-
ing/health
information.
Men make most
decisions
(patrilineal) and
women respon-
sible for daily
needs (wield a lot
of influence over
family and home);
family loyalty
more important
than individual
needs.
Eye Contact:
Demonstrates
respect/trust, but
direct contact may
be interpreted as
aggressive.
Other: Silence may
indicate distrust.
Prefer use of last
name (upon
greeting) unless
referred to
otherwise.
Eye Contact: Females
may avoid eye con-
tact with males/
strangers.
Other: Supportive
family members
may need a break
from caregiving;
obtain an interpre-
ter if necessary.
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 51
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
52
ASSESS
Culturally Mediated Beliefs and Practices (Continued)
Dying/birth Role differences Religion Communication
Asian
American
Native
Americans
May use incense/
spiritual. Need
extra time with
deceased mem-
bers; natural
cycle of life.
Full family
involvement
throughout life
cycle; do not
practice birth
control or limit
size of family.
Primarily Buddhism
and Catholicism;
Taoism and Islam
Traditional Native
American or
Christian;
spirituality based
on harmony with
nature.
Father/eldest son
primary decision
maker;
recognized head
has great
authority.
Varies tribe to
tribe; most
tribes matrilineal
and be sure to
identify the gate-
keeper of the
tribe.
Eye Contact: Direct
eye contact may
be viewed as
disrespectful.
Other: Use inter-
preters whenever
possible (be
careful about tone
of voice). Often a
formal distance.
Eye Contact: Eye
contact sustained.
Other: American
Indian may be
term preferred by
older adults; use
an interpreter to
avoid misunder-
standings. Do not
point with finger.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 52
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
53
ASSESS
Culturally Mediated Beliefs and Practices
Dying/birth Role differences Religion Communication
Mexican
Americans
Russian
Americans
Adapted from Purnell & Paulanka 2005 and Myers 2006, with permission
Family support
during labor; very
expressive during
bereavement (find
a place where
family can grieve
together quietly).
Fertility practices
follow Catholic
teachings. Abor-
tion considered
wrong.
Father may not
attend birth;
usually closest
family female
does; family
wants to be
informed of
impending death
before patient.
Roman Catholic
primarily
Eastern Orthodox
and Judaism;
remember recent
oppression; also
Molokans, Tartar
Muslims, Pene-
costals, Baptists.
About 60% not
religious.
Equal decision
making with all
family
members; men
expected to
provide
financial
support.
Men and women
share decision
making; family,
women,
children highly
valued.
Eye Contact: Eye
contact may be
avoided with
authority figures.
Other: Silence may
indicate disagree-
ment with proposed
plan of care; greet
adults formally
(sen˜ or, se˜nora, etc,
unless told
otherwise).
Eye Contact: Direct
eye contact
acceptable/nodding
means approval.
Other: Use inter-
preters whenever
possible; Russians
are distant until
trust is established.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 53
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
54
ASSESS
Perception of Mental Health Services: Ethnocultural Differences
African Americans
Often distrustful of therapy and mental health services. May seek
therapy because of child-focused concerns.
Seek help and support through “the church,” which provides a sense of
belonging and community (social activities/choir). Therapy is for “crazy
people” (McGoldrick 2005).
Mexican Americans
Understanding the migration of the family is important, including who
has been left behind. The church in the barrio often provides commu-
nity support.
Curanderos (folk healers) may be consulted for problems such as: mal
de ojo (evil eye) and susto (fright) (McGoldrick 2005).
Puerto Ricans
Nominally Catholic, most value the spirit and soul. Many believe in
spirits that protect or harm and the value of incense and candles to
ward off the “evil eye.
Often underutilize mental health services, and therapist needs to
understand that expectations about outcome may differ (McGoldrick
2005).
Asian American
Many Asian-American families are transitioning from the extended
family to the nuclear unit and struggling to hold on to old ways while
developing new skills.
Six predictors of mental health problems are: 1) employment/financial
status, 2) gender (women more vulnerable), 3) old age, 4) social isola-
tion, 5) recent immigration, and 6) refugee premigration experiences
and postmigration adjustment (McGoldrick 2005).
Above are just a few examples of many ethnocultural groups and the
differences in the understanding and perception of mental health/therapy.
Please refer to suggested references (p. 50) for additional and more
comprehensive information.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 54
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
55
ASSESS
Ethnocultural Assessment Tool
Client’s name Ethnic origin
City/State Birth date
Significant other Relationship
Primary language spoken Second language
Interpreter required? Available?
Highest level of education Occupation
Presenting problem/chief complaint:
Has problem occurred before? If so how was it handled?
Client’s usual manner of coping with stress?
Who is (are) client’s main support system?
Family living arrangements (describe):
Major decision maker in family:
Client’s/family members’ roles in the family:
Religious beliefs and practices:
Are there religious restrictions or requirements?
Who takes responsibility for health concerns in family?
Any special health concerns or beliefs?
(Continued on following page)
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 55
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
ASSESS
56
Who does family usually approach for medical assistance?
Usual emotional/behavioral response to:
Anger
Anxiety
Pain
Fear
Loss/change/failure
What are sensitive topics client is unwilling to discuss because of
ethnocultural taboos?
Client’s feelings about touch and touching?
Client’s feelings regarding eye contact?
Client’s orientation to time (past/present/future)?
Illnesses/diseases common to client’s ethnicity?
Client’s favorite foods:
Foods that client requests or refuses because of ethnocultural reasons:
Client’s perception of the problem and expectations of care and outcome:
Other:
Modified from Townsend 5th ed., 2006, with permission
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 56
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
ASSESS
57
Documentation
Problem-Oriented Record (POR)
POR Data Nursing Process
S (Subjective)
O (Objective)
A (Assessment)
P (Plan)
I (Intervention)
E (Evaluation)
Focus Charting (DAR)
Charting Data Nursing Process
D (Data)
Focus
A (Action)
R (Response)
Client’s verbal reports (e.g.,
“I feel nervous”)
Observation (e.g., client is
pacing)
Evaluation/interpretation of
S and O
Actions to resolve problem
Descriptions of actions
completed
Reassessment to determine
results and necessity of
new plan of action
Assessment
Assessment
Diagnosis/outcome
identification
Planning
Implementation
Evaluation
Describes observations
about client/supports the
stated focus
Current client concern/
behavior/significant
change in client status
Immediate/future actions
Client’s response to care
or therapy
Assessment
Diagnosis/outcome
identification
Plan and implementation
Evaluation
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 57
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
58
ASSESS
PIE Method (APIE)
Charting Data Nursing Process
A (Assessment)
P (Problem)
I (intervention)
E (Evaluation)
POR, DAR, and APIE modified from Townsend 5th ed., 2006, with
permission
CLINICAL PEARL: It is important to systematically assess and evaluate
all clients and to develop a plan of action, reevaluating all outcomes. It
is equally important to document all assessments, plans, treatments,
and outcomes. You may “know” you provided competent treatment,
but without documentation there is no record from a legal perspective.
Do not ever become complacent about documentation.
Example of APIE Charting
DATE/TIME PROBLEM: PROGRESS NOTE:
5–22–07
1000
Example modified from Townsend 5th ed., 2006, with permission
Subjective and objective data
collected at each shift
Problems being addressed from
written problem list and
identified outcomes
Actions performed directed at
problem resolution
Response appraisal to determine
intervention effectiveness
Assessment
Diagnosis/out-
come identi-
fication
Plan and imple-
mentation
Evaluation
Social
Isolation
A: States he does not want to sit with or talk
to others; they “frighten him.” Stays in room;
no social involvement.
P: Social isolation due to inability to trust.
I: Spent time alone with client to initiate trust;
accompanied client to group activities;
praised participation.
E: Cooperative although still uncomfortable
in presence of group; accepted positive
feedback.
02Pederson (F)-02 6/25/07 7:46 PM Page 58
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DISORDERS/
INTERV
59
Psychiatric Disorders/Interventions
Psychiatric Disorders
Addiction, Withdrawal, and Tolerance/Internet Addiction 65
ADHD Treatments, Nonpharmacological 96
Anorexia Nervosa/Bulimia Nervosa 90
Anxiety Disorders 78
Anxiety Disorder, Generalized (GAD) (table) 80
Anxiety Disorders: Client/Family Education 83
Anxiety, Four Levels 79
Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) 96
Bipolar Disorders 73
Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) (table) 93
Bulimia Nervosa (BN) (table) 91
Childhood and Adolescence, disorders of 95
Conduct Disorder/Oppositional Defiant Disorder 97
Delirium, Dementia, and Amnestic Disorders 61
Delusions, common 71
Dementia of Alzheimers Type (AD) (table) 62
Dementia of the Alzheimers Type, Medications for 63
Dementia With Lewy Bodies 63
Dementia: Client/Family Education 63
Depressive Disorders 73
Depressive Episode, Major (table) 75
Eating Disorders 89
Eating Disorders: Client/Family Education 90
Gender Identity Disorder 87
Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder (table) 88
Manic Episode (table) 76
Mental Retardation 95
Mood Disorders 72
Mood Disorders: Client/Family Education 78
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) (table) 81
Paraphilias 87
Personality Disorders 92
Personality Disorders: Client/Family Education 94
Postpartum Major Depressive Episode (table) 77
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) (table) 82
Schizophrenia (table) 69
Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders 67
Schizophrenia: Client/Family Education 72
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 59
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
60
Schizophrenia, Four As 70
Schizophrenia, Positive and Negative Symptoms 70
Sexual and Gender Identity Disorders 86
Sexual Dysfunctions 86
Sexual Dysfunctions/Paraphilias/Gender Identity Disorders:
Client/ Family Education 89
SIGECAPS – Mnemonic for Depression 74
Somatoform Disorders 84
Somatization Disorder (SD) (table) 85
Substance Dependence (table) 66
Substance Use Disorders 64
Substance-Induced Disorders 65
Substance-Related Disorders 64
Substance-Related Disorders: Client/Family Education 67
Thought Disorders – Content of Thought (Definitions) 71
Thought Disorders – Form of Thought (Definitions) 71
Psychiatric Interventions
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy 109
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Distortions in Thinking 110
Communication Techniques 101
Complementary Therapies 111
Emerging/New Treatments for Depression, Nonpharmacological 110
Family Therapy 107
Family Therapy Models/Theories 107
Genogram 107
Genogram, Sample 109
Genogram Symbols, Common 108
Group Development, Stages of 103
Group: Individual Roles/Difficult Group Members 104
Group Interventions 103
Leadership Styles 104
Nonverbal Communication 100
Phases of Relationship Development 99
Therapeutic Milieu 103
Therapeutic Relationship/Alliance 98
Therapeutic Relationship, Core Elements 98
Therapeutic Use of Self 98
Yalom’s Therapeutic Factors 106
DISORDERS/
INTERV
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 60
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
61
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Delirium, Dementia, and Amnestic Disorders
These disorders are characterized by clinically significant cognitive
deficits and notable changes from previous levels of functioning. The
changes may be due to a medical condition or substance abuse or
both (APA 2000).
Dementia – Characterized by intellectual decline and usually pro-
gressive deficits not only in memory but also in language, perception,
learning, and other areas. Dementia of the Alzheimers type (AD) is
the most common dementia, followed by vascular dementia (ischemic
vascular dementia). Other causes: Infections: HIV, encephalitis,
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; drugs and alcohol (Wernicke-Korsakoff’s
syndrome [thiamine deficiency]); inherited such as Parkinson’s disease
and Huntington’s disease. Some dementias (AD) are essentially
irreversible and others potentially reversible (drug toxicities, folate
deficiency).
Delirium – Organic brain syndrome resulting in a disturbance in
consciousness and cognition that happens within a short period
with a variable course.
Amnestic Disorder – Disturbance in memory and impaired ability
to learn new information or recall previously learned information.
Pseudodementia – Cognitive difficulty that is caused by depression
but may be mistaken for dementia. Need to consider and rule out in
the elderly who may appear to have dementia when actually suffering
from depression, which is a treatable disease. Could be depressed with
cognitive deficits as well.
CLINICAL PEARL AD is a progressive and irreversible dementia with
a gradually declining course, whereas ischemic vascular dementia
(ministrokes and transient ischemic attacks) often presents in a stepwise
fashion with an acute decline in cognitive function.
It is important to
distinguish between dementia and delirium because delirium can
be life-threatening and should be viewed as an emergency.
Delirium
can be differentiated from dementia by its rapid onset, fluctuating in
and out of a confusional state, and difficulty in attending to surround-
ings. Delirium is usually caused by a physical condition, such as infec-
tion; therefore, the underlying cause needs to be treated. Keep in mind
that a person with dementia may also become delirious.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 61
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
62
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Dementia of Alzheimers Type (AD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Memory
impairment
Inability to learn
new material
Language deter-
ioration (naming
objects)
Inability to execute
typical tasks (cook/
dress self)
Executive func-
tioning distur-
bances (planning/
abstract thinking/
new tasks)
Paranoia
Progressive from
mild forgetfulness
to middle and late
dementia (requir-
ing total ADL care/
bedridden)
Course: 18 mo -
27 y [avg. 10 - 12 y]
Idiopathic
Many theo-
ries (viral/
trauma)
Pathology
shows
neuritic
plaques and
neurofib-
rillary
tangles; also
amyloid
protein
Familial AD
(presenilin
1 gene)
Apolipo-
protein E
genotype
(Kukull 2002)
Ischemic
vascular
dementia
Dementia with
Lewy bodies
Alcoholic
dementia
(Wernicke-
Korsakoff
[thiamine
deficiency];
pellagra [niacin
deficiency];
hepatic
encephalitis)
Delirium
Depression
Medical disor-
der (HIV,
syphilis)
Other
substance
abuse
Psychosis
Mental status
exam
Folstein Mini-
Mental State Exam
Neuropsycho-
logical testing
(Boston naming;
Wisconsin card
sorting test)
Depression-
Arkansas (D-ARK)
Scale; Beck
Depression
Inventory (BDI)
(R/O depression)
Geriatric
Depression Scale
(R/O depression)
CBC, blood
chemistry (renal,
metabolic/hepatic),
sed rate, T4/TSH,
B
12
, folate, UA,
FTA-Abs, CT
scan/MRI; HIV titer
Early diagnosis
Symptom treat-
ment (aggres-
sion/agitation)
Behavioral
management
Communication
techniques
Environmental
safety checks
Antipsychotics
Antidepressants
Sedatives
Antianxiety
agents
Nutritional
supplements
Anti-Alzheimers
agents (e.g.,
donepezil
[Aricept]);
memantine
(Namenda)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 62
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
63
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Dementia With Lewy Bodies
Clients with dementia with Lewy bodies usually present with pronounced
changes in attention (drowsiness, staring), parkinsonian symptoms, and
visual hallucinations; unlike AD, the course is usually rapid. Donepezil,
rivastigmine, and levodopa may benefit cognitive/motor symptoms.
ALERT: Important to differentiate AD from dementia with Lewy bodies.
Clients with Lewy bodies dementia are very sensitive to antipsychotics
and, because of their psychosis (visual hallucinations), they are often
treated with an antipsychotic. Such treatment often results in extra-
pyramidal symptoms (EPS) (Goroll 2006).
Medications to Treat Dementia of the Alzheimers Type
Medications used to treat mild to moderate AD include tacrine
[Cognex], donepezil [Aricept], and galantamine [Reminyl].
Memantine (Namenda), which is an NMDA receptor antagonist,
is the first drug approved for moderate to severe AD.
Client/Family Education: Dementia
Educate family on how to communicate with loved ones with
dementia, especially if paranoid. Family members should not argue
with someone who is agitated or paranoid.
Focus on positive behaviors, avoiding negative behaviors that do
not pose a safety concern.
Avoid arguments by talking about how the dementia client is
feeling rather than arguing the validity of a statement. For
instance, if the client says that people are coming into the house
and stealing, family members can be taught to discuss the feelings
around the statement rather than the reality of it (“That must be
hard for you, and we will do all we can to keep you safe.).
Educate family about environmental safety, as dementia clients may
forget they have turned on a stove, or they may have problems with
balance. Throw rugs may need to be removed and stove disconnected,
with family members providing meals.
Family members need to understand that this is a long-term
management issue requiring the support of multiple health
professionals and family and friends. Management may require
medication (control of hostility or for hallucinations/delusions).
Medications need to be started at low doses and titrated slowly.
(Continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 63
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Keep in mind that a spouse or family caregiver is also dealing with
his/her own feelings of loss, helplessness, and memories of the person
who once was and no longer exists.
Teach the family caregiver how to manage difficult behaviors and
situations in a calm manner, which will help both the family member
and the client.
Caregiver stress. Remember that the caregiver also needs a break
from the day-to-day stress of caring for someone with dementia. This
could involve respite provided by other family members and friends
(Chenitz et al. 1991).
Substance-Related Disorders
Substances include prescribed medications, alcohol, over-the-counter
medications, caffeine, nicotine, steroids, illegal drugs, and others;
substances serve as central nervous system (CNS) stimulants, CNS
depressants, and pain relievers; and may alter both mood and
behaviors.
Many substances are accepted by society when used in moderation
(alcohol, caffeine), and others are effective in chronic pain
management (opioids) but can be abused in some instances and illegal
when sold on the street.
Substance use becomes a problem when there is recurrent and
persistent use despite social, work, and/or legal consequences and
despite a potential danger to self or others.
Substance Use Disorders
Substance Dependence
Repeated use of drug despite substance-related cognitive, behavioral,
and physiological problems.
Tolerance, withdrawal, and compulsive drug-taking may result. There is
a craving for the substance.
Substance dependence does not apply to caffeine.
Substance Abuse
Recurrent and persistent maladaptive pattern of substance use with
significant adverse consequences occurring repeatedly or persistently
during the same 12-month period.
Repeated work absences, DUIs, spousal arguments, fights (APA 2000).
64
DISORDERS/
INTERV
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 64
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
65
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Substance-Induced Disorders
Substance Intoxication
Recent overuse of a substance, such as an acute alcohol intoxication,
that results in a reversible, substance-specific syndrome.
Important behavioral and psychological changes (alcohol: slurring
of speech, poor coordination, impaired memory, stupor, or coma).
Can happen with one-time use of substance.
Substance Withdrawal
Symptoms differ and are specific to each substance (cocaine,
alcohol).
Symptoms develop when a substance is discontinued after frequent
substance use (anxiety, irritability, restlessness, insomnia, fatigue)
(APA 2000).
Addiction, Withdrawal, and Tolerance/Internet Addiction
Addiction The repeated, compulsive use of a substance that
continues in spite of negative consequences (physical, social,
legal, etc.).
Physical Withdrawal/Withdrawal Syndrome – Physiological
response to the abrupt cessation or drastic reduction in a substance
used (usually) for a prolonged period. The symptoms of withdrawal
are specific to the substance used.
Tolerance – Increased amounts of a substance over time are needed
to achieve the same effect as obtained previously with smaller
doses/amounts.
See Assessment Tab for CAGE Screening Questionnaire, Short Michigan
Alcohol Screening Test, and Substance History and Assessment.
Internet Addiction – Even though there is no evidence or research
suggesting Internet addiction exists as a disorder, behaviors can be
compulsive, and the Internet offers many opportunities for sexual
addicts. More research is needed (DeAngelis 2000; Ng & Weimer-
Hastings 2005).
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 65
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
66
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Substance Dependence
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Maladaptive coping
mechanism
Clinically signif-
icant impairment/
distress, same
12-mo period
Tolerance develops:
increasingly
larger amounts
needed for
same effect
Intense cravings
and compulsive
use; unsuccessful
efforts to cut down
Inordinate time
spent obtaining
substance
(protecting supply)
Important activities
given up
Continue despite
physical/psycho-
logical problems
Genetics
(hereditary,
esp. alcohol)
Biochemical
Psychosocial
Ethnocultural
Need to
approach as
biopsychoso-
cial disorder
Response to
substances
can be very
individual-
istic
Consider
comorbidities:
mood dis-
orders, such
as bipolar/
depression.
ECA study:
(Reiger et al.
1990) 60.7%
diagnosed
with bipolar I
had lifetime
diagnosis of
substance use
disorders
Untreated
chronic pain
Undiagnosed
depression in
elderly
(isolation a
problem)
CAGE
questionnaire
SMAST, AUDIT,
others
Toxicology screens
(emergencies)
Arkansas-
Depression
(D-ARK) Scale;
Beck Depression
Inventory (BDI)
(R/O depression)
GDS
Labs: Liver
function tests
(LFTs) – -
glutamyltransfer-
ase (GGT) and
mean corpuscular
volume (MCV); %
CDT
(carbohydrate-
deficient
transferrin) (Anton
2001)
Early
identification
and education
Confidential and
nonjudgmental
approach
Evaluate for
comorbidities
and treat other
disorders
Evaluate own
attitudes about
substance use/
dependence
Psychotherapy
Behavior therapy
12-step
programs
Medications:
mood stabilizers,
antidepressants,
naltrexone
Detoxification
Hospitalization
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 66
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
67
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Substance-Related Disorders
Keep in mind that most clients underestimate their substance use
(especially alcohol consumption) and that denial is the usual defense
mechanism.
When substance dependence/abuse is suspected, it is important to
approach the client in a supportive and nonjudgmental manner. Focus
on the consequences of continued substance use and abuse
(physically/emotionally/family/employment), and discuss the need for
complete abstinence. Even with a desire to stop, there can be relapses.
If a substance user/abuser will not seek help, then family members
should be encouraged to seek help through organizations such as
AlAnon (families of alcoholics) or NarAnon (families of narcotic
addicts). AlaTeen is for adolescent children of alcoholics, and Adult
Children of Alcoholics (ACOA) is for adults who grew up with alcoholic
parents.
For substance abusers, there is Alcoholics Anonymous, Narcotics
Anonymous, Overeaters Anonymous, Smokers Anonymous, Women
for Sobriety, etc. There is usually a support group available to deal with
the unique issues of each addiction.
In some instances, medication may be required to manage the
withdrawal phase (physical dependence) of a substance.
Benzodiazepines may be needed, including inpatient detoxification.
Naltrexone, an opioid antagonist, reduces cravings by blocking opioid
receptors in the brain and is used in heroin addiction and alcohol
addiction (reduces cravings and number of drinking days) (Tai 2004;
Maxman & Ward 2002).
Educate clients and families about the possibility of comorbidities
(bipolar disease) and the need to treat these disorders as well.
ALERT: Be aware of the increase in methamphetamine addiction in
North America, its highly addictive nature, and the devastating social
and physical (neurotoxic) consequences of use (Barr et al. 2006).
Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
In 1908, Eugen Bleuler, a Swiss psychiatrist, introduced the term schizo-
phrenia, which replaced the term dementia praecox, used by Emil
Kraepelin (1896). Kraepelin viewed this disorder as a deteriorating
(Continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 67
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
68
DISORDERS/
INTERV
organic disease; Bleuler viewed it as a serious disruption of the mind,
a “splitting of the mind.” In 1948, Fromm-Reichman coined the term
schizophrenogenic mother, described as cold and domineering,
although appearing self-sacrificing. Bateson (1973, 1979) introduced the
double bind theory, wherein the child could never win and was always
wrong (invalidation disguised as acceptance; illusion of choice;
paradoxical communication).
Schizophrenia is a complex disorder, and it is now accepted that
schizophrenia is the result of neurobiological factors rather than due
to some early psychological trauma.
The lifetime prevalence rate (US/worldwide) is about 1%.
Onset in the late teens to early 20s, equally affecting men and
women.
Devastating disease for both the client and the family.
Schizophrenia affects thoughts and emotions to the point that social
and occupational functioning is impaired (Kessler 1994; Bromet
1995).
About 9% to 13% of schizophrenics commit suicide (Meltzer 2003).
Early diagnosis and treatment are critical to slowing the
deterioration and decline, which will result without treatment.
Earlier typical antipsychotic drugs effective against most of the
positive symptoms; less effective against negative symptoms.
Atypical antipsychotic drugs work on both negative and positive
symptoms.
Family/community support is key factor in improvement.
Subtypes of schizophrenia include paranoid, disorganized,
catatonic, undifferentiated, and residual types.
National Association for the Mentally Ill (www.nami.org) is an
important national organization that has done much to educate society
and communities about mental illness and to advocate for the
seriously mentally ill.
Other psychotic disorders include schizophreniform disorder,
schizoaffective disorder, delusional disorder, brief psychotic disorder,
shared psychotic disorder (folie à deux), psychotic disorder due to a
medical condition, substance-induced, and not otherwise specified
(NOS).
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 68
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
69
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Schizophrenia
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
At least for 1 mo,
two or more from
the following:
Delusions
Hallucinations
Disorganized
speech
Disorganized
behavior
Negative symp-
toms (alogia,
affective flatten-
ing, avolition)
Functional distur-
bances at school,
work, self care,
personal relations
Disturbance contin-
ues for 6 mo
Dopamine
hypothesis
(excess)
Brain abnor-
malities (third
ventricle
sometimes
larger)
Frontal lobe –
decreased
glucose
use/smaller
frontal lobe
Genetic –
familial;
monozygotic
twin (47% risk
vs 12%
dizygotic)
Virus
No specific
cause
Schizophreni-
form disorder
Schizoaffective
Mood disorder
with psychotic
symptoms
Medical
disorder/
substance
abuse with
psychotic
episode
Delusional
disorder
Note: with
schizophrenia,
the condition
persists for at
least 6 mo
and is chronic
and
deteriorating
Psychiatric
evaluation and
mental status
exam
No test can
diagnose
schizophrenia
Positive and
Negative
Syndrome Scale
(PANSS)
Abnormal
Involuntary
Movement Scale
(AIMS)
Need to R/O other
possible medical/
substance use
disorders: LFTs,
toxicology
screens, CBC,
thyroid function
test (TFT), CT
scan, etc.
Antipsychotic –
usually atypi-
cals for new
onset: olanza-
pine, aripipra-
zole, etc.
New: paliperi-
done (Invega)
Acute psychotic
episode may
need high
potency
(haloperidol)
Hospitalization
until positive
symptoms
under control
Patient/family
education
NAMI for
patient/family
education,
patient
advocate
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 69
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
70
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Positive and Negative Symptoms of Schizophrenia
Positive Symptoms
Positive symptoms are excesses in behavior (excessive
function/distortions)
Delusions
Hallucinations (auditory/visual)
Hostility
Disorganized thinking/behaviors
Negative Symptoms
Negative symptoms are deficits in behavior (reduced function; self-care
deficits)
Alogia
Affective blunting
Anhedonia
Asociality
Avolition
Apathy
Four As of Schizophrenia
Eugen Bleuler in 1911 proposed four basic diagnostic areas for
characterizing schizophrenia. These became the 4 As:
A: Inappropriate Affect
A: Loosening of Associations
A: Autistic Thoughts
A: Ambivalence
These four As provide a memory tool for recalling how schizophrenia
affects thinking, mood (flat), thought processes, and decision-making
ability (Shader 2003).
CLINICAL PEARL When auditory hallucinations first begin, they usually
sound soft and far away and eventually become louder. When the sounds
become soft and distant again, the auditory hallucinations are usually
abating. The majority of hallucinations in North America are auditory
(versus visual), and it is unlikely that a client will experience both auditory
and visual hallucinations at the same time.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 70
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
71
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Thought Disorders – Content of Thought (Definitions)
Common Delusions
Delusion of Grandeur – Exaggerated/unrealistic sense of importance,
power, identity. Thinks he/she is the President or Jesus Christ.
Delusion of Persecution – Others are out to harm or persecute in some
way. May believe his/her food is being poisoned or he/she is being
watched.
Delusion of Reference – Everything in the environment is somehow
related to the person. A television news broadcast has a special message
for this person solely.
Somatic Delusion An unrealistic belief about the body, such as the
brain is rotting away.
Control Delusion – Someone or something is controlling the person.
Radio towers are transmitting thoughts and telling person what to do.
Thought Disorders – Form of Thought (Definitions)
Circumstantiality – Excessive and irrelevant detail in descriptions with
the person eventually making his/her point. We went to a new restaurant.
The waiter wore several earrings and seemed to walk with a limp…yes,
we loved the restaurant.
Concrete Thinking – Unable to abstract and speaks in concrete, literal
terms. For instance, a rolling stone gathers no moss would be interpreted
literally.
Clang Association Association of words by sound rather than
meaning. She cried till she died but could not hide from the ride.
Loose Association A loose connection between thoughts that are
often unrelated. The bed was unmade. She went down the hill and
rolled over to her good side. And the flowers were planted there.
Tangentiality – Digressions in conversation from topic to topic and
the person never makes his/her point. Went to see Joe the other day.
By the way, bought a new car. Mary hasn’t been around lately.
Neologism – Creation of a new word meaningful only to that person.
The hiphopmobilly is on its way.
Word Salad – Combination of words that have no meaning or
connection. Inside outside blue market calling.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 71
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
72
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Schizophrenia
Client and family education is critical to improve chances of relapse
prevention and to slow or prevent regression and associated long-term
disability.
Refer client/family to the National Association for the Mentally Ill
(NAMI) (www.nami.org) (1-800-950-NAMI [6264]) and National
Schizophrenia Foundation (www.NSFoundation.org) (800-482-9534).
Client needs both medication and family/community support.
Studies have shown that clients taking medication can still relapse if
living with high expressed emotion family members (spouse/parent).
These family members are critical, intense, hostile, and overly involved
versus low expressed emotion family members (Davies 1994).
Once stabilized on medication, clients often stop taking their
medication because they feel they no longer need their medication
(denying the illness or believing they have recovered). It is important
to stress the need for medication indefinitely and that maintenance
medication is needed to prevent relapse.
Clients also stop their medication because of untoward side effects.
Engage the client in a discussion about medications so that he/she has
some control about options. The newer atypical drugs have a better
side-effect profile, but it is important to listen to the client’s concerns
(weight gain/EPS) as adjustments are possible or a switch to another
medication. Educate client/family that periodic lab tests will be needed.
ALERT: For those on antipsychotic therapy, there is also a concern with
treatment-emergent diabetes, especially for those with risk factors for
diabetes, such as family history, obesity, and glucose intolerance (Buse
et al. 2002).
Early diagnosis, early treatment, and ongoing antipsychotic mainte-
nance therapy with family support are critical factors in slowing the
progression of this disease and in keeping those with schizophrenia
functional and useful members of society.
Mood Disorders
A mood disorder is related to a person’s emotional tone or affective state
and can have an effect on behavior and can influence a person’s
personality and worldview.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 72
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
73
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Extremes of mood (mania or depression) can have devastating
consequences on client, family, and society alike.
These consequences include financial, legal, marital, relationship,
employment, and spiritual losses as well as despair that results in
potential suicide and death.
Correct diagnosis is needed, and effective treatments are available.
The mood disorders are divided into depressive disorders and bipolar
disorders.
The depressive disorders include major depressive disorder,
dysthymic disorder, and depressive disorder NOS.
The bipolar disorders include bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder,
cyclothymic disorder, and bipolar disorder NOS.
Depressive Disorders
Major depressive disorder (unipolar depression) requires at least
2 weeks of depression/loss of interest and four additional depressive
symptoms, with one or more major depressive episodes.
Dysthymic disorder is an ongoing low-grade depression of at least
2 years’ duration for more days than not and does not meet the criteria
for major depression.
Depression NOS does not meet the criteria for major depression and
other disorders (APA 2000).
Bipolar Disorders
Bipolar I disorder includes one or more manic or mixed episodes,
usually with a major depressive episode.
Bipolar II disorder includes one or two major depressive episodes
and at least one hypomanic (less than full mania) episode.
Cyclothymic disorder includes at least 2 years of hypomanic periods
that do not meet the criteria for the other disorders.
Bipolar NOS does not meet any of the other bipolar criteria.
Others: Mood disorders due to a general medical condition, substance-
induced mood disorders, and mood disorder NOS (APA 2000).
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 73
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
74
DISORDERS/
INTERV
SIGECAPS – Mnemonic for Depression
Following is a mnemonic for easy recall and review of the DSM-IV criteria
for major depression or dysthymia:
Sleep (increase/decrease)
Interest (diminished)
Guilt/low self-esteem
Energy (poor/low)
Concentration (poor)
Appetite (increase/decrease)
Psychomotor (agitation/retardation)
Suicidal ideation
A depressed mood for 2 or more weeks, plus four SIGECAPS major
depressive disorder
A depressed mood, plus three SIGECAPS for 2 years, most days
dysthymia (Brigham and Women’s Hospital 2001).
CLINICAL PEARL – Important to determine that a depressive episode is a
unipolar depression versus a bipolar disorder with a depressive episode.
A first-episode bipolar I or II may begin with major depression. The
presentation is a “clinical snapshot in time” rather than the complete
picture. Further evaluation and monitoring are needed. Bipolar clients are
often misdiagnosed for years.
One study (Ghaemi et al. 2003) showed 37% of patients were misdi-
agnosed (depression vs bipolar), resulting in new or worsening rapid
cycling (mania) in 23% because antidepressants were prescribed
(Keck 2003).
Although the tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) are more likely to trigger
a manic episode, the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
have also been implicated.
ALERT: If a client who is recently prescribed antidepressants begins
showing manic symptoms, consider that this client may be bipolar.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 74
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
75
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Major Depressive Episode
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Depressed
mood or loss
of interest
for at least
2 weeks and
five or more of:
Significant
weight loss/
gain
Insomnia or
hypersomnia
Psychomotor
agitation or
retardation
Fatigue
Worthless
feelings or
inappropriate
guilt
Problem
concentrating
Recurrent
thoughts of
death
Familial
predisposi-
tion (female
to male,
3:1)
Deficiency
of norepin-
ephrine
(NE) and
serotonin
Hypotha-
lamic
dysfunction
Psychoso-
cial factors
Unknown
Bipolar I or II
disorder
Schizoaffective
Grief (major
loss) (acute
distress 3
mo)
Postpartum
depression
Thyroid/adrenal
dysfunction;
hypothyroidism
Neoplasms
CNS (stroke)
Vitamin
deficiencies
(folic acid)
Medication
(reserpine,
prednisone)
Pseudodementia
(older adult)
Substance
abuse disorder
(cocaine)
Psychiatric
evaluation and
mental status
exam
D-ARK Scale
(see Assess-
ment Tab); BDI;
Zung Self-
Rating Depres-
sion Scale;
Geriatric
Depression
Scale
MMSE
Physical exam
R/O other
possible
medical/sub-
stance use
disorders: LFTs,
toxicology
screens, CBC,
TFT, CT scan,
etc.
Antidepressants:
usually SSRIs (fluoxe-
tine, sertraline); selec-
tive norepinephrine
reuptake inhibitors
(SNRIs) (venlafaxine)
TCAs: side effects
include sedation, dry
mouth, blurred vision;
TCAs not good for
elderly (falls)
MAOIs
New: selegiline patch
(Emsam)
Others: bupropion
Cognitive behavioral
therapy (CBT)
Psychotherapy
Electroconvulsive
theraphy (ECT)
Emerging:
Vagal nerve
stimulation
Transcranial magnetic
stimulation
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 75
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
76
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Manic Episode
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Persistent elevated,
irritable mood
1 wk, plus three
or more (irritable,
four or more):
Self-esteem
Sleep
Talk/pressured
speech
Racing thoughts/
flight of ideas
Distractibility
Extreme goal-
directed activity
Excessive
buying/sex/
business
investments
(painful conse-
quences)
Genetic: familial
predisposition
(female to male,
1.2:1)
Bipolar onset
18 – 20 yr
Catecholamines:
NE, dopamine
Many hypothe-
ses: serotonin,
acetylcholine;
neuroanatomi-
cal (frontotem-
poral lesions)
Complex
disorder
Hypomanic
episode
(bipolar II)
Mixed episode
(major
depressive
and manic
episode 1
wk)
Cyclothymia
Substance-
induced
(cocaine)
ADHD
Dual
diagnosis
Brain lesion
General
medical
condition
Psychiatric
evaluation and
mental status
exam
Young Mania
Rating Scale
(YMRS)
(bipolar I)
Need to R/O
other possible
medical/
substance
use/induced
disorders: LFTs,
toxicology
screens, CBC,
TFT, CT scan,
etc.
Mood stabiliz-
ers: lithium
(standard);
anticonvulsants
(carbamazepine,
valproic acid,
lamotrigine,
topiramate)
Combined
treatments:
lithium and
anticonvulsant
Antipsychotics:
e.g., aripipra-
zole, olanzapine
Lithium: for
mania/not for
mixed
Therapy and
medication
compliance
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 76
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
77
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Postpartum Major Depressive Episode
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Symptoms similar
to major depressive
episode
Acute onset to
slowly over first
3 postpartum
(PP) months
Persistent/
debilitating
vs blues
Depressed
mood, tearful-
ness, insomnia,
suicidal thoughts
Anxiety, obsession
about well-being
of infant
Affects functioning
Occurs in 10% –
15% of women
Highest risk: hx
of depression,
previous PP
depression,
depression
during pregnancy
Previous PP
depression with
psychosis: 30%
– 50% risk of
recurrence at
subsequent
delivery
PP blues:
(fluctuating
mood; peaks
4th d post
delivery; ends
2 weeks;
functioning
intact)
PP psychosis:
1 – 2/1000
women; risk:
bipolar/
previous PP
psychosis;
infanticide/
suicide risk
high
Medical cause
Edinburgh
Postnatal
Depression
Scale (EPDS):
self-rated
questionnaire
(see Assess-
ment Tab)
Screen during
PP period
Psychiatric
evaluation
Physical exam
Routine lab
tests: CBC, TFT
(thyroid/
anemia)
Pharmacologi-
cal: SSRIs,
SNRIs, TCAs
(insomnia);
consider
weight gain,
dry mouth,
sedation with
TCAs
CBT, individ-
ual, group
psychotherapy
Anxiolytics
ECT
Psychosis:
hospitalization;
mood stabi-
lizers, antipsy-
chotics, ECT
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 77
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
78
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Mood Disorders
Mood disorders can range from subthreshold to mild (dysthymic) to
extreme (manic/psychotic) fluctuations in emotion and behaviors.
Family and client need educating about the specific disorder, whether
major depression, bipolar I or II, postpartum depression, or unresolved
grief. Without treatment, support, and education, the results can be
devastating emotionally, interpersonally, legally, and financially.
The mood disorders need to be explained in terms of their biochemical
basis – “depression is an illness, not a weakness,” although often
recurrent, chronic illness.
Families and clients need to understand that early diagnosis and
treatment are essential for effective management and improved
outcome.
It may be helpful to compare with other chronic illnesses, such as
diabetes and asthma, as a model and to reinforce the biological
basis of the illness to reduce stigma. As with any chronic illness
(diabetes, asthma), ongoing management, including pharmacological
treatment, is required, realizing there may be exacerbations and
remissions.
Reinforce the need to adhere to the dosing schedule as prescribed
and not to make any unilateral decisions, including stopping, without
conferring with health professional.
Work with client and family on side-effect management. If client can
be part of the decision making when there are options, client will be
more willing to become involved in own recovery and continue
treatment.
Address weight gain possibilities (lithium, anticonvulsants, anti-
psychotics); monitor weight, BMI, exercise, and food plans to prevent
weight gain.
Anxiety Disorders
The anxiety disorders include a wide range of disorders from the very
specific, such as phobias, to generalized anxiety disorder, which is
pervasive and experienced as dread or apprehension.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 78
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
79
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Other anxiety disorders include panic disorder, agoraphobia (avoidance
of places that may result in panic), social phobia, obsessive-compulsive
disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, acute stress disorder, anxiety
due to a medical disorder, substance-induced anxiety disorder, and
anxiety disorder NOS.
Some anxiety is good, motivating people to perform at their best.
Excessive anxiety can be crippling and may result in the “fight or
flight” reaction. The fighter is ever ready for some perceived aggres-
sion and is unable to relax, and the escaper (flight) freezes with anxiety
and may avoid upsetting situations or actually dissociate (leave his/her
body/fragment).
Either extreme is not good and can result in physical and emotional
exhaustion. (See Fight-or-Flight Response and Stress-Adaptation
Syndrome in Basics Tab.)
Four Levels of Anxiety
Mild Anxiety This is the anxiety that can motivate someone positively
to perform at a high level. It helps a person to focus on the situation at
hand. For instance, this kind of anxiety is often experienced by
performers before entering the stage.
Moderate Anxiety – Anxiety moves up a notch with narrowing of the
perceptual field. The person has trouble attending to his/her
surroundings, although he/she can follow commands/direction.
Severe Anxiety – Increasing anxiety brings the person to another level,
resulting in an inability to attend to his/her surroundings, except for
maybe a detail. Physical symptoms may develop, such as sweating and
palpitations (pounding heart). Anxiety relief is the goal.
Panic Anxiety The level reached is now terror, where the only concern
is to escape. Communication impossible at this point (Peplau 1963).
CLINICAL PEARL – Recognizing level of anxiety is important in determin-
ing intervention. Important to manage anxiety before it escalates. At the
moderate level, firm, short, direct commands are needed: You need to sit
down, Mr. Jones.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 79
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
80
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Excessive anxiety;
at least 6 mo; diffi-
cult to control worry/
hypervigilant
Associated with
three or more:
Restless/on edge
Easily fatigued
Concentration
problems
Irritability
Muscle tension
Sleep
disturbance
Causes significant
distress
Often physical
complaints: dizzi-
ness, tachycardia,
tightness of chest,
sweating, tremor
Neurotrans-
mitter dysregu-
lation: NE,
5-HT, GABA
Autonomic
nervous system
activation:
locus ceruleus/
NE release/
limbic system
1-year
prevalence
rate: 1%;
lifetime
prevalence, 5%
Familial
association
Over half:
onset in
childhood
Anxiety disor-
der due to a
medical condi-
tion (hyperthy-
roidism;
pheochro-
mocytoma)
Substance-
induced
anxiety or
caffeine-
induced
anxiety
disorder
Other anxiety
disorders:
panic disorder,
OCD, etc.;
DSM-IV
criteria help
rule out
Self-rated
scales: Beck
Anxiety
Inventory
(BAI); State
Trait Anxiety
Inventory
Observer-rated
scale:
Hamilton
Anxiety Rating
Scale (HAM-A)
Psychiatric
evaluation
Physical exam
Routine lab
tests; TFTs
Pharmacolog-
ical: benzodi-
azepines very
effective
(diazepam,
lorazepam);
nonbenzodi-
azepines:
buspirone
Antidepres-
sants, (SSRIs):
escitalopram
and paroxetine
Beta blockers:
propranolol
CBT
Deep muscle
relaxation
Individual and
family therapy
Education
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 80
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
81
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Obsessions
recurrent, intru-
sive thoughts that
cause anxiety OR
Compulsions
repetitive behav-
iors (hand washing,
checking) that
reduce distress/
anxiety and must
be adhered to
rigidly
Driven to perform
compulsions
Time-consuming
(1 hr/d), interfere
with normal routine
Recognizes
thoughts/
behaviors are
unreasonable
Genetic evidence
Neurobiological
basis: orbitofrontal
cortex, cingulate,
and caudate
nucleus
Neurochemical:
serotonergic and
possibly
dopaminergic
Association
between OCD and
Tourettes, and
others
Lifetime preva-
lence of 2.5%
Women men
Avg onset: 20 y
Childhood:
7 – 10 y
Other anxiety
disorders:
phobias
Impulse
control
disorders
Obsessive-
compulsive
personality
disorder
Body
dysmorphic
disorder
Depression
Neurological
disorders
Yale-Brown
Obsessive
Compulsive
Scale (Y-
BOCS)
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental
status exam
Neurologi-
cal exam
Pharmacolog-
ical: SSRIs:
fluoxetine:
(higher doses);
fluvoxamine;
clomipramine
Beta blockers:
propranolol
Behavior
therapy:
exposure and
response
prevention
Deep muscle
relaxation
Individual and
family therapy
Education
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 81
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
82
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Traumatic event
(self/family/witness
others); threat of
harm or death or
actual death and
helplessness
Reexperiencing
event “flashbacks”
(triggers: sounds/
smell)
Hypervigilance/
recurrent
nightmares/
numbing
Anniversary reac-
tions (unaware
reenactment related
to trauma)
Persistent anxiety/
outbursts
Acute (3 mo);
chronic (3 mo);
delayed (6 mo)
Rape, torture,
child abuse,
natural disaster,
murder, war,
terrorism, etc.
Physiological/
neurochemical/
endocrinological
alterations
Sympathetic
hyperarousal
Limbic system
(amygdala
dysfunction)
“Kindling”:
neuronal
excitability
Risk factor:
previous
trauma
Lifetime preva-
lence ~8% (US)
Acute stress
disorder
Obsessive-
compulsive
disorder
Adjustment
disorder
Depression
Panic
disorder
Psychotic
disorders
Substance-
induced
disorder
Psychotic
disorder
due to a
general
medical
condition
Delirium
PTSD scale
(clinician-
administered)
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental status
exam
Neurological
exam
CAGE, SMAST
Physical
exam, routine
blood studies
No laboratory
test can
diagnose
Debriefing
(rescuers, etc.)
Individual or group
psychotherapy
CBT
Eye Movement
Desensitization and
Reprocessing
(EMDR) (Shapiro
2001)
Pharmacotherapy:
Antidepressants –
SSRIs, SNRIs,
MAOIs, TCAs;
antipsychotics;
anxiolytics; mood
stabilizers
Family and com-
munity support/
art therapy/
psychodrama
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 82
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
83
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Anxiety Disorders
Anxiety, the most common disorder in the United States, exists along
a continuum and may be in response to a specific stressor (taking a
test), or it may present as a generalized “free-floating” anxiety (GAD)
or a panic disorder (PD) (feeling of terror). A 1-year prevalence rate
for all anxieties has been said to be in the 5% – 15% range
(Shader 2003).
Most people have experienced some degree of anxiety, so it might be
helpful for family members to understand the four stages of anxiety
and how one stage builds on the other – especially in trying to explain
panic disorder.
It is important for families to understand the importance of early
diagnosis and treatment of anxiety disorders, as these are chronic
illnesses and will become worse and more difficult to treat over
time.
Explain to client and family the need for ongoing management
(pharmacological/education/psychotherapeutic/CBT), just as diabetes,
asthma, and heart disease must be managed.
Many of these disorders are frustrating to family members. It is hard to
understand the repetitive hand washing or checking that can be done
by someone with OCD. Family members are also affected, and the
client’s illness becomes a family issue as well.
The client may also need to be educated about the needs of other
family members (maybe time away from client [respite]). Family
therapy may be needed to negotiate and agree on living arrange-
ments in a way that respects the needs of the client and all family
members.
As in all chronic disorders, remissions and exacerbations will be
experienced. At times reinforcement sessions (CBT) are needed,
especially with CBT and exposure/response prevention for OCD.
Remind families that patience, persistence, and a
multimodal/multiteam approach to treatment are needed.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 83
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
84
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Somatoform Disorders
Somatoform disorders are characterized by physical symptoms that
suggest a physical disorder, but are not fully explained by a
general medical condition. Following is a listing of somatoform
disorders:
Somatization Disorder (see table that follows) begins before age 30
with multiple symptoms (pain, GI, sexual, and pseudoneurological),
lasting a long time (years).
Undifferentiated Somatoform Disorder is similar to somatization
disorder but does not qualify for somatization disorder (less intense/
not as pronounced/less impairment), and symptoms last at least 6
months.
Conversion Disorder affects voluntary motor/sensory functions,
which causes significant distress or impairment socially or in other
areas of functioning, but cannot be explained by a medical/neurological
condition.
Pain Disorder – the focus of attention is pain itself of sufficient
severity to warrant clinical attention, with psychological factors playing
a key role.
Hypochondriasis involves fear of disease and idea that one has a
serious disease, despite medical evidence to the contrary, and a focus
on the body’s symptoms/functions for at least 6 months.
Body Dysmorphic Disorder is an obsession/preoccupation with
an (perceived) exaggerated “defect” (nose, lips, eyes) in physical
appearance, with frequent checking in the mirror. Preoccupation
causes significant distress or social, occupational, or other functional
impairment.
Somatoform Disorder NOS – Does not meet criteria for any of the
somatoform disorders (APA 2000).
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 84
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
85
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Somatization Disorder (SD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Hx of physical com-
plaints before age 30
over several years;
seeking Rx or affects
important areas of
functioning
Each must be met:
Four pain symptoms
in four different areas
(head/back/stomach/
joint pain)
Two GI symptoms (N, V)
One sexual symptom
(ED, pain)
One pseudoneuro-
logical symptom
(paralysis/balance)
Cannot be fully ex-
plained by a medical
condition or a sub-
stance OR physical
symptoms are in
excess of history/lab
findings
Symptoms are not
feigned
Prevalence
rates of
0.2% – 2% for
women and
less than
0.2% for men
Observed in
10% – 20% of
female first
degree rela-
tives with SD
Male
relatives of
women with
SD have
increased risk
of antisocial
personality
disorder and
substance-
related
disorders
May be
underlying
mood
disorder
Somato-
form disor-
der NOS
(symptoms
6 mo)
General
medical
condition
Schizo-
phrenia
Panic
disorder
Depressive
disorder
Anxiety
disorder
Factitious
disorder
Malinger-
ing
Pain disor-
der associ-
ated
with….
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental status
exam
Neurological
exam
Physical
exam, routine
blood studies
No lab test is
remarkable
for these
subjective
complaints
Must R/O
medical
condition
Antidepressants
Stress management
Lifestyle changes
(exercise)
Collaboration be-
tween primary care
physician and
mental health
provider (MHP)
Psychotherapy
CBT
Psychoeducation
Family support
Support/
understanding –
client often believes
symptoms are
physical/ refuses
psychological help
Avoid unnecessary
medical treatments/
tests (often doctor/
hospital shops)
Chronic fluctuating
disorder – rarely
remits
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 85
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
86
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Sexual and Gender Identity Disorders
The Sexual and Gender Identity Disorders are divided into three main
categories by the DSM-IV-TR. In order to understand dysfunction, sexual
health needs to be defined and understood.
Sexual health is defined as a state of physical, emotional, mental, and
social well-being related to sexuality; it is not merely the absence of
disease or dysfunction. It requires a respectful and positive approach,
free of coercion, discrimination, and violence. Sexual practices are safe
and have the possibility of pleasure (WHO 1975).
A person’s sex refers to biological characteristics that define this
person as a male or a female (some individuals possess both male and
female biological characteristics [hermaphrodite/intersex]) (WHO 2002).
Gender refers to the characteristics of men and women that are
socially constructed rather than biologically determined. People are
taught the behaviors and roles that result in their becoming men and
women, also known as gender identity and gender roles.
Gender roles are also culturally determined and differ from one
culture to another; they are not static; they are also affected by the
law and religious practice.
Gender also relates to power relationships (between men and
women) as well as reproductive rights issues and responsibilities
(APA 2000).
Sexual orientation refers to the sexual preference of a person,
whether male to female, female to female, male to male, or bisexual.
Variations in sexual preference are considered to be sexually healthy
(APA 2000).
Sexual Dysfunctions
Sexual dysfunction is a disturbance in the sexual response cycle or
is associated with pain during intercourse.
Sexual response cycle dysfunctions include the areas of desire,
excitement, orgasm, and resolution. Categories include: hypoactive
sexual desire disorder, sexual aversion disorder, female sexual arousal
disorder, male erectile disorder, female and male orgasmic disorders,
and premature ejaculation.
The pain disorders include: dyspareunia, vaginismus, sexual function
due to a medical disorder, substance-induced sexual dysfunction, and
sexual dysfunction NOS.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 86
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
87
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Paraphilias
The paraphilias are sexually arousing fantasies, urges, or behaviors
triggered by/focused on nonhuman objects, self or partner humiliation,
nonconsenting adults, or children, which are recurrent for a period of at
least 6 months.
There are episodic paraphilias that operate only during times of
stress.
Paraphilias include pedophilia (sexual activity with a child 13 y);
frotteurism (touching/rubbing nonconsenting person); fetishism
(nonhuman object used for/needed for arousal); exhibitionism (genital
exposure to a stranger); voyeurism (observing unsuspecting persons
naked or in sexual activity); sexual masochism (humiliation/suffering),
sadism (excitement from inflicting suffering/humiliation); and others
(APA 2000).
Gender Identity Disorder
Gender Identity Disorder requires a cross-gender identification
and a belief and insistence that one is the other sex.The desire is
persistent, and the preference is for cross-sex roles. Prefers the
stereotypical roles and games/pastimes/clothing of other sex.
There exists an extreme and persistent discomfort with the biological
sex at birth and the sense of oneself as not belonging to the gender
role of the biological sex.
Boys will have an aversion to own penis and testicles, and girls resent
growing breasts or female clothing.
This is not a physical intersex condition, and there is definite distress
over the biological sex that affects important areas of functioning (APA
2000).
Because sexuality and its dysfunctions involve cultural considerations
and attitudes, moral and ethical concerns, religious beliefs, as well as
legal considerations, it is important to evaluate your own beliefs, values,
possible prejudices, and comfort level in dealing with sexual disorders.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 87
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
88
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Deficiency or
absence of sexual
fantasies or
desires; persistent/
recurrent
Marked distress/
interpersonal
difficulties
Not substance-
induced or due
to a general
medical condition
Does not usually
initiate sex and
reluctantly engages
in sex with partner
Relationship/
marital difficulties
Lifelong/acquired/
situational
Psycholog-
ical: partner
incompati-
bility, anger,
sexual
identity
issues,
sexual
preference
issues,
negative
parental
views (as a
child)
Sexual
aversion
disorder
(intense
fear/disgust
over sex vs
disinterest)
Extremes in
sexual
appetite
(sexual addict
as a partner)
Major
depression
Medical
condition
Substance
abuse
Medication
Sexual abuse
Other
Complete
physical
exam,
including
medical
history
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental status
exam
Sexual history
Routine lab
work, thyroid
function tests
BDI
D-ARK Scale
Zung
CAGE
SMAST
Refer to sex
therapist
Relationship
therapy
CBT
Assuming no
physical/
medication/
substance use
disorder, deal
with
relationship
issues and
assure sexual
compatibility
and sexual
orientation
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 88
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
89
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Sexual Dysfunctions/
Paraphilias/Gender Identity Disorders
Sexual Dysfunctions
Clients and their partners need to understand where in the sexual
response cycle the problem exists (arousal/orgasm).
If the problem is one of desire or aversion, this needs to be explored
further to determine the causes: couple discord, gender identity, sexual
orientation issues, negative views of sexual activity, previous sexual
abuse, body image, or self-esteem issues.
The same holds true for other sexual dysfunctions (orgasmic
problems/erectile dysfunction) in that issues around substance
use/abuse; previous sexual experiences; possible psychological,
physical, and other stressors as factors, including medical conditions
and prescribed medications, need to be explored.
Referral to a sex therapist may be needed to find ways to reconnect
intimately. Sometimes partner education is needed on how to satisfy
the other partner (mutual satisfaction).
Paraphilias and Gender Identity Disorders
The Paraphilias and Gender Identity Disorders require help from
professionals especially trained in dealing with these disorders. Clients
and families need to receive support and education from these
professionals.
Eating Disorders
Eating disorders are influenced by many factors, including family
rituals and values around food and eating, ethnic and cultural
influences, societal influences, and individual biology.
American society currently stresses physical beauty and fitness and
favors the thin and slim female as the ideal.
There has been a dramatic increase in the number of obese people in
the United States – at an alarming rate among children.
With society’s emphasis on fast and convenient foods, high in calories,
a reduction in exercise (computers/TV), and the ongoing value of “thin
as beautiful,” eating disorders remain a concern.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 89
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
90
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Anorexia Nervosa/Bulimia Nervosa
Two specific eating disorders are anorexia nervosa (AN) and bulimia
nervosa (BN). (For BN see table that follows.) Both use/manipulate
eating behaviors in an effort to control weight. Each has its dangers
and consequences if maintained over time.
Anorexia Nervosa The AN client is terrified of gaining weight and
does not maintain a minimally acceptable body weight.
There is a definite disturbance in the perception of the size or shape
of the body.
AN is more common in the industrialized societies and can begin as
early as age 13 y.
Body weight in the anorexic client is less than 85% of what would be
expected for that age and height.
Even though underweight, client still fears becoming overweight.
Self-esteem and self-evaluation based on weight and body shape.
Amenorrhea develops, as defined by absence of three consecutive
menstrual cycles (APA 2000).
Client/Family Education: Eating Disorders
Client and family need to understand the serious nature of both
disorders; mortality rate for AN clients is 2% – 8% (30% – 40% recover;
25% – 30% improve; 15% – 20% do not improve). About 50% of BN
clients recover with treatment (Rakel 2000).
Team approach important – client and family need to be involved with
the team, which should or may include a nutritionist, psychiatrist,
therapist, physician, psychiatric nurse, nurse, eating disorder specialist,
and others.
Teach client coping strategies, allow for expression of feelings, teach
relaxation techniques, and help with ways (other than food) to feel in
control.
Family therapy important to work out parent-child issues, especially
around control (should have experience with eating disorders).
Focus on the fact that clients do recover and improve, and encourage
patience when there is a behavioral setback.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 90
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
91
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Bulimia Nervosa (BN)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Recurrent binge
eating of large
amount of food
over short period
Lack of control
and cannot stop
Self-induced
vomiting, laxatives
(purging), fasting,
exercise (nonpurg-
ing) to compensate
At least 2 /w for
3 mo
Normal weight;
some underweight/
overweight
Tooth enamel
erosion/finger or
pharynx bruising
Fluid & electrolyte
disturbances
Genetic
predisposition
Hypothalamic
dysfunction
implication
Family hx of
mood
disorders and
obesity
Issues of
power and
control
Societal
emphasis on
thin
Affects 1% –
3% women
Develops late
adolescence
through
adulthood
Anorexia
nervosa,
binge-eating,
purging type
Major
depressive
disorder
(MDD) with
atypical
features
BPD
General
medical
conditions:
Kleine-Levin
syndrome
Endocrine
disorders
Complete
physical exam
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental status
exam
Routine lab
work,
including TFT,
CBC,
electrolytes,
UA
D-ARK Scale;
BDI
ECG
SMAST
CAGE
Individual,
group,
marital, family
therapy
Behavior
modification
Nutritional
support
Medical
support
Client-family
education
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 91
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
92
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Personality Disorders
When a pattern of relating to and perceiving the world is inflexible and
maladaptive, it is described as a personality disorder.
The pattern is enduring and crosses a broad range of social,
occupational, and personal areas.
The pattern can be traced back to adolescence or early adulthood and
may affect cognition, affect, interpersonal functioning, or impulse
control.
Cluster A Personality Disorders
Cluster A disorders include the paranoid personality, schizoid
personality, and schizotypal personality disorders.
This cluster includes the distrustful, emotionally detached, eccentric
personalities.
Cluster B Personality Disorders
Cluster B disorders include the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and
narcissistic personality disorders.
This cluster includes those who have disregard for others, with
unstable and intense interpersonal relationships, excessive attention
seeking, and entitlement issues with a lack of empathy for others.
Cluster C Personality Disorders
Cluster C personality disorders include the avoidant personality,
dependent personality, and the obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders.
This cluster includes the avoider of social situations; the clinging,
submissive personality; and the person preoccupied with details, rules,
and order (APA 2000).
CLINICAL PEARL – Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder (OCPD) is
often confused with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). OCD is an
anxiety disorder that is ego-dystonic (uncomfortable to person), whereas
OCPD is a rigid way of functioning in the world. OCD clients want to
change and dislike their disorder, whereas OCPD clients do not see that
there is any problem with their excessive detail or controlling ways. They
do not see that they need to change.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 92
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
93
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)
Signs & Symptoms Causes Rule Outs Labs/Tests/Exams Interventions
Pattern of unstable
interpersonal
relationships
Fear of abandon-
ment
Splitting: idealize
and devalue
(love/hate)
Impulsive (four
areas: sex,
substance abuse,
binge eating,
reckless driving)
Suicidal gestures/
self-mutilation
Intense mood
changes lasting
a few hours
Chronic emptiness
Intense anger
Transient paranoid
ideation
Mood
disorders
(often co-
occur)
Histrionic,
schizotypal,
paranoid,
antisocial,
dependent,
and
narcissistic
PDs
Personality
change due
to a general
medical
condition
Millon Clinical
Multiaxial
Inventory-III
(MCMI-III)
Psychiatric
evaluation
Mental status
exam
D-ARK Scale;
BDI
CAGE
SMAST
Physical exam,
routine lab
work, TFT
Linehan (1993)
dialectical behavior
therapy (DBT)
CBT
Group, individual,
family therapy (long-
term therapy)
Special strategies
Boundary setting
Be aware that these
can be difficult
clients even for
experienced MH
professionals
Pharmacotherapy:
antidepressants,
mood stabilizers,
antipsychotics;
caution with
benzodiazepines
(dependence)
Genetic
predisposition
Family hx of
mood
disorders; may
be a variant
of/related to
bipolar
disorder
Physical/
sexual abuse
About 2% of
general
population
Predominantly
female (75%)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 93
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
94
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Client/Family Education: Personality Disorders
Share personality disorder with client and family and educate about
the disorder. In this way the client has a basis/framework to understand
his/her recurrent patterns of behavior.
Work with client and family in identifying most troublesome behaviors
(temper tantrums), and work with client on alternative responses and
to anticipate triggers.
For clients who act out using suicidal gestures, an agreement may
have to be prepared that helps client work on impulse control.
Agreement might set an amount of time that client will not mutilate
and what client will do instead (call a friend/therapist/listen to music).
Need to teach alternative behaviors.
It is better to lead clients to a conclusion (“Can you see why your friend
was angry when you did such and such?”) rather than tell the client
what he or she did, especially those clients with a BPD.
Because these are long-standing, fixed views of the world, they require
time and patience and can be frustrating to treat. Usually require an
experienced therapist.
Although BPD receives much attention, all clients with personality
disorders (narcissist, dependent, avoidant personalities) suffer in
relationships, occupations, social situations.
Client needs to be willing to change, and a therapeutic (trusting)
relationship is a prerequisite for anyone with a personality disorder to
accept criticisms/frustrations. Some clients believe the problems rest
with everyone but themselves.
Helpful books for BPD clients and families to read in order to
understand the borderline personality include: Kreisman JJ, Straus H: I
Hate You – Don’t Leave Me. New York, Avon Books, 1991, and Kreisman
JJ, Straus H: Sometimes I Act Crazy: Living with Borderline Personality
Disorder. Hoboken, NJ, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
For professionals: Linehan MM: Skills Training Manual for Treating
Borderline Personality Disorder. New York: Guilford Press, 1993, and
Linehan MM: Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment of Borderline Personality
Disorder. New York: Guilford Press, 1993.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 94
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
95
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Disorders of Childhood and Adolescence
Disorders diagnosed in childhood or adolescence include:
Mental retardation – onset before age 18 and IQ 70.
Learning disorders – include mathematics, reading disorder; disorder
of written expression, with academic functioning below age, education
level, intelligence.
Communication disorders – speech or language difficulties, including
expressive language, mixed receptive-expressive language,
phonological disorder, and stuttering.
Motor skills – developmental coordination disorder, with poor motor
coordination for age and intelligence.
Pervasive developmental disorders – deficits in multiple developmental
areas, including autism, Aspergers, Rett’s, and childhood disintegrative
disorder.
Feeding/eating disorders – disturbances of infancy and childhood,
including pica, rumination, and feeding disorder of infancy and early
childhood.
Tic disorders – vocal and motor tics such as Tourette’s, transient tic, and
chronic motor or vocal tic disorder.
Elimination disorders – include encopresis and enuresis.
Attention deficit/disruptive behavior – includes ADHD, predominantly
inattentive, predominantly hyperactive-impulsive, or combined type;
conduct disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, and others.
Others – separation anxiety, selective mutism, reactive attachment
disorder, and so forth (APA 2000).
Mental Retardation
50 – 70 IQ MILD
35 – 49 IQ MODERATE
20 – 34 IQ SEVERE
20 IQ PROFOUND
Modified from Townsend 5e, 2006, with permission
Able to live independently with some assistance;
some social skills; does well in structured
environment
Some independent functioning; needs to be
supervised; some unskilled vocational abilities
(workshop)
Total supervision; some basic skills (simple
repetitive tasks)
Total care and supervision; care is constant and
continual; little to no speech/no social skills
ability
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 95
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
96
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
ADHD is characterized either by persistent inattention or by
hyperactivity/impulsivity for at least 6 months.
Inattention includes:
Carelessness and inattention to detail
Cannot sustain attention and does not appear to be listening
Does not follow through on instructions and unable to finish tasks,
chores, homework
Difficulty with organization and dislikes activities that require
concentration and sustained effort
Loses things; distracted by extraneous stimuli; forgetful
Hyperactivity-impulsivity includes:
Hyperactivity
Fidgeting, moving feet, squirming
Leaves seat before excused
Runs about/climbs excessively
Difficulty playing quietly
On the go” and “driven by motor”
Excessive talking
Impulsivity
Blurts out answers, speaks before thinking
Problem waiting his/her turn
Interrupts or intrudes
Impairment is present before age 7 y, and impairment is present in at
least two settings (or more).
Significant impairment in functioning in social, occupational, or
academic setting. Symptoms are not caused by another disorder.
Prevalence rate, school-aged children: 3% – 7% (APA 2000).
Many possible causes: genetics; biochemical (possible neurochemical
deficits [dopamine, NE]); intrauterine exposure to substances such as
alcohol or smoking; exposure to lead, dyes, and additives in food;
stressful home environments.
Adult ADHD – Study presented at American Psychiatric Association
(May 2004) estimates about 2.9% of the US general adult population
suffers from ADHD (Faraone 2004).
Nonpharmacological ADHD Treatments
Individual/family therapy
Behavior modification: clear expectations and limits
Break commands up into clear steps
Support desired behaviors and immediately respond to undesired
behaviors with consequences
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 96
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
97
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Natural consequences helpful (loses bicycle; do not replace; has to
save own money to replace)
Time outs may be needed for cooling down/reflecting
Role playing: helpful in teaching friend-friend interactions; helps child
prepare for interactions and understand how intrusive behaviors annoy
and drive friends away
Inform school: important that school knows about ADHD diagnosis, as
this is a disability (Americans With Disabilities Act)
Seek out special education services
Classroom: sit near teacher, one assignment at a time, written
instructions, untimed tests, tutoring (need to work closely with teacher
and explain child’s condition [ADHD])
Nutritional: many theories remain controversial but include food
sensitivities (Feingold diet, allergen elimination, leaky gut syndrome,
Nambudripad’s allergy elimination technique), supplementation
(thiamine), minerals (magnesium, iron), essential fatty acids, amino
acids; evaluate for lead poisoning
For Pharmacological ADHD Treatments – See Drugs/Labs Tab.
ADHD/Learning Disability Web Sites:
Internet Mental Health: ADHD: http://www.mentalhealth.com/dis/
p20-ch01.html
National Institute of Mental Health: ADHD:
http://gopher.nimh.nih.gov/healthinformation/adhdmenu.cfm
Children and Adults With ADHD (CHADD): http://www.chadd.org/
National Center for Learning Disabilities: http://www.ld.org/
Conduct Disorder/Oppositional Defiant Disorder
Conduct disorder (CD) (serious rule violation, aggression, destruction)
and oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) (negative, hostile, defiant) are
other important disorders of childhood and adolescence.
Serious comorbidities include CD/ADHD, ODD/ADHD, and
CD/ADHD/GAD/MDD.
A position paper by the International Society of Psychiatric-Mental
Health Nurses, entitled Prevention of Youth Violence, can be found at:
http://ispn-psych.org/docs/3-01-youth-violence.pdf
Because of size limitations, PsychNotes can provide only limited and basic
information related to the unique and comprehensive specialty of child
and adolescent psychiatry. For more complete coverage, refer to any of
the standard psychiatric textbooks and references.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 97
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
98
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Psychiatric Interventions
Therapeutic Relationship/Alliance
The therapeutic relationship is not concerned with the skills of the
mental health professional (MHP) but rather with the attitudes and the
relationship between the MHP and the client. This relationship comes
out of the creation of a safe environment, conducive to communication
and trust.
An alliance is formed when the professional and the client are working
together cooperatively in the best interest of the client. The therapeutic
relationship begins the moment the MHP and client first meet (Shea
1999).
Core Elements of a Therapeutic Relationship
Communication/rapport – It is important to establish a connection
before a relationship can develop. Encouraging the client to speak,
using open-ended questions, is helpful. Asking general (not personal)
questions can relax the client in an initial session. It is important to
project a caring, nonjudgmental attitude.
Trust – A core element of a therapeutic relationship. Many clients have
experienced disappointment and unstable, even abusive, relationships.
Trust develops over time and remains part of the process. Without
trust, a therapeutic relationship is not possible. Other important
elements are confidentiality, setting boundaries, and consistency.
Dignity/Respect – Many clients have been abused and humiliated and
have low self-esteem. If treated with dignity through the therapeutic
relationship, clients can learn to regain their dignity.
Empathy – Empathy is not sympathy (caught up in client’s feelings) but
is, rather, open to understanding the “client’s perceptions” and helps
the client understand these better through therapeutic exploration.
Genuineness – Genuineness relates to trust because it says to the
client: I am honest, and I am a real person. Again, it will allow the client
to get in touch with her/his “real” feelings and to learn from and grow
from the relationship.
Therapeutic Use of Self
Abilty to use one’s own personality consciously and in full awareness to
establish relatedness and to structure interventions (Travelbee 1971).
Requires self-awareness and self-understanding.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 98
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
99
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Phases of Relationship Development
Orientation phase This is the phase when the MHP and client first
meet and initial impressions are formed.
Rapport is established, and trust begins.
The relationship and the connection are most important.
Client is encouraged to identify the problem(s) and become a
collaborative partner in helping self.
Once rapport and a connection are established, the relationship is
ready for the next phase.
Identification phase – In this phase the MHP and client are:
Clarifying perceptions and setting expectations in and for the
relationship.
Getting to know and understand each other.
Exploitation (working) phase The client is committed to the process
and to the relationship and is involved in own self-help; takes
responsibility and shows some independence.
This is known as the working phase because this is when the hard
work begins.
Client must believe and know that the MHP is caring and on his/her
side when dealing with the more difficult issues during therapeutic
exploration.
If this phase is entered too early, before trust is developed, clients
may suddenly terminate if presented with painful information.
Resolution phase The client has gained all that he/she needs from the
relationship and is ready to leave.
This may involve having met stated goals or resolution of a crisis.
Be aware of fear of abandonment and need for closure.
Both the MHP and client may experience sadness, which is normal.
Dependent personalities may need help with termination, reflecting
upon the positives and the growth that has taken place through the
relationship (Peplau 1992).
If a situation brings a client back for therapy, the relationship has
already been established (trust); therefore, there is not a return to the
orientation phase. Both will identify new issues and re-establish
expectations of proposed outcomes. It will now be easier to move into
the working phase of the relationship, and this will be done more
quickly.
CLINICAL PEARL Trust and safety are core elements of a therapeutic
alliance, as many clients have experienced abuse, inconsistency, broken
promises, and “walking on eggs.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 99
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
100
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Nonverbal Communication
Nonverbal communication may be a better indication of what is going on
with a client than verbal explanations.
Although verbal communication is important, it is only one component
of an evaluation.
Equally important to develop your skills of observation.
Some clients are not in touch with their feelings, and only their
behaviors (clenched fist, head down, arms crossed) will offer clues to
feelings.
Nonverbal communication may offer the client clues as to how the
MHP is feeling as well.
Physical appearance A neat appearance is suggestive of someone
who cares for him/herself and feels positive about self. Clients with
schizophrenia or depression may appear disheveled and unkempt.
Body movement/posture – Slow or rapid movements can suggest
depression or mania; a slumped posture, depression. Medication-
induced body movements and postures include: pseudoparkinsonism
(antipsychotic); akathisia (restlessness/moving legs [antipsychotic]).
Warmth (smiling) and coldness (crossed arms) are also nonverbally
communicated.
Touch Touch forms a bridge or connection to another. Touch has
different meanings based on culture, and some cultures touch more
than others. Touch can have a very positive effect, but touching
requires permission to do so. Many psychiatric clients have had
“boundary violations,” so an innocent touch may be misinterpreted.
Eyes The ability to maintain eye contact during conversation offers
clues as to social skills and self-esteem. Without eye contact, there is a
“break in the connection” between two people. A lack of eye contact
can suggest suspiciousness, something to hide. Remember cultural
interpretations of eye contact (see Basics Tab).
Voice Voice can be a clue to the mood of a client. Pitch, loudness, and
rate of speech are important clues. Manic clients speak loudly, rapidly,
and with pressured speech. Anxious clients may speak with a high
pitch and rapidly. Depressed clients speak slowly, and obtaining
information may feel like “pulling teeth.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 100
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
101
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Communication Techniques
Technique Rationale Example
Reflecting
Silence
Paraphrasing
Making
observations
Open-ended/
broad
questions
Encouragement
Reframing
Reflects back to clients
their emotions, using
their own words
Allows client to explore
all thoughts/feelings;
prevents cutting
conversation at a
critical point or missing
something important
Restating, using different
words to ensure you
have understood the
client; helps clarify
Helps client recognize
feelings he/she may
not be aware of and
connect with behaviors
Encourages client to take
responsibility for
direction of session;
avoids yes/no
responses
Encourages client to
continue
Presenting same
information from
another perspective
(more positive)
C: John never helps with the
housework.
MHP: You’re angry that John
doesn’t help.
MHP nods with some vocal
cues from time to time so
C knows MHP is listening
but does not interject.
C: My grandkids are coming
over today and I don’t feel
well.
MHP: Your grandkids are
coming over, but you wish
they weren’t, because you
are not well. Is that what
you are saying?
MHP: Every time we talk
about your father you
become very sad.
MHP: What would you like
to deal with in this
session?
MHP: Tell me more…uh
huh…and then?
C: I lost my keys, couldn’t
find the report, and barely
made it in time to turn my
report in.
MHP: In spite of all that, you
did turn your report in.
(Text continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 101
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
102
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Communication Techniques (Continued)
Technique Rationale Example
Challenging
idea/ belief
system
Recognizing
change/
recognition
Clarification
Exploring in
detail
Focusing
Metaphors/
symbols
Acceptance
Break through denial or
fixed belief; always
done with a question
Reinforces interest in
client and positive
reinforcement (this is
not a compliment)
Assures that MHP did
not misunderstand;
encourages further
exploration
If it appears a particular
topic is important, then
the MHP asks for more
detail; MHP takes the
lead from the client
(client may resist
exploring further)
Use when a client is
covering multiple
topics rapidly
(bipolar/anxious) and
needs help focusing
Sometimes clients speak
in symbolic ways and
need translation
Positive regard and open
to communication
MHP: Who told you that you
were incompetent? Where
did you get the idea that
you can’t say no?
MHP: I noticed that you were
able to start our session
today rather than just sit
there.
MHP: This is what I thought
you said...; is that correct?
MHP: This is the first time
I’ve heard you talk about
your sister; would you like
to tell me more about her?
MHP: A lot is going on, but
let’s discuss the issue of
your job loss, as I would
like to hear more about
that.
C: The sky is just so gray
today and night comes so
early now.
MHP: Sounds like you are
feeling somber.
MHP: I hear what you are
saying. Yes, uh-huh. (full
attention).
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 102
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
103
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Therapeutic Milieu*
In the therapeutic milieu (milieu is French for surroundings or
environment), the entire environment of the hospital is set up so that
every action, function, and encounter is therapeutic.
The therapeutic community is a smaller representation of the larger
community/society outside.
The coping skills and learned behaviors within the community will also
translate to the larger outside community.
Seven Basic Assumptions:
1. The health in each individual is to be realized and encouraged to grow.
2. Every interaction is an opportunity for therapeutic intervention.
3. The client owns his or her own environment.
4. Each client owns his or her own behavior.
5. Peer pressure is a useful and powerful tool.
6. Inappropriate behaviors are dealt with as they occur.
7. Restrictions and punishment are to be avoided. (Skinner 1979)
*Difficult in era of managed care (short stays).
Group Interventions
Stages of Group Development
I. Initial Stage (in/out)
Leader orients the group and sets the ground rules, including
confidentiality.
There may be confusion and questions about the purpose of the group.
Members question themselves in relation to others and how they will
fit in the group.
II. Conflict Stage (top/bottom)
Group is concerned with pecking order, role, and place in group.
There can be criticism and judgment.
Therapist may be criticized as group finds its way.
III. Cohesiveness (Working) Stage (near/far)
After conflict comes a group spirit, and a bond and trust develop
among the members.
Concern is now with closeness, and an “us versus them” attitude
develops: those in the group versus those outside the group.
Eventually becomes a mature working group.
(Continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 103
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
104
DISORDERS/
INTERV
IV. Termination
Difficult for long-term groups; discuss well before termination.
There will be grieving and loss (Yalom 2005).
Leadership Styles
Autocratic The autocratic leader essentially rules the roost.” He or
she is the most important person of the team and has very strong
opinions of how and when things should be done. Members of a group
are not allowed to make independent decisions, as the autocrat trusts
only his/her opinions. The autocrat is concerned with power and
control and is very good at persuasion. High productivity/low morale.
Democratic The democratic leader focuses on the group and
empowers the group to take responsibility and make decisions.
Problem solving and taking action are important, along with offering
alternative solutions to problems (by group members). Lower
productivity/high morale.
Laissez-Faire This leaderless style results in confusion because of
the lack of direction and noninvolvement; it also results in low
productivity and morale (Lippitt & White 1958).
Individual Roles/Difficult Group Members
Monopolizer – Involved in some way in every conversation, offering
extensive detail or always presents with a crisis of the week”
(minimizing anyone elses concerns/issues).
Has always experienced a similar situation: I know what you mean;
my dog died several years ago, and it was so painful I am still not
over it.
Will eventually cause anger and resentment in the group if leader
does not control the situation; dropouts result.
Help-rejecting complainer – Requests help from the group and then
rejects each and every possible solution so as to demonstrate the
hopelessness of the situation.
No one else’s situation is as bad as that of the help-rejecting
complainer. (You think you have it bad; wait until you hear my
story!)
Often looks to the group leader for advice and help and competes
with others for this help, and because he/she is not happy, no one
else can be happy either.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 104
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
105
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Silent client – Does not participate but observes.
Could be fear of self-disclosure, exposing weaknesses. Possibly feels
unsafe in leaderless group.
Does not respond well to pressure or being put on the spot, but
must somehow be respectfully included and addressed.
The long-term silent client does not benefit from being in a group,
nor does the group, and should possibly withdraw from the group.
Boring client – No spontaneity, no fun, no opinions, and a need to
present to the world what the client believes the world wants to see
and hear.
If you are bored by the client, likely the client is boring.
Requires the gradual removal of barriers that have kept the
individual buried inside for years.
Often tolerated by others but seldom missed if leaves the group.
Narcissist – Lack of awareness of others in the group; seeing others
as mere appendages and existing for one’s own end; feels special and
not part of the group (masses).
Expects from others but gives nothing.
Can gain from some groups and leaders.
Psychotic client – Should not be included in early formative stages of
a group.
If a client who is a member of an established group decompensates,
then the group can be supportive because of an earlier connection
and knowledge of the nonpsychotic state of the person.
Borderline client – Can be challenging in a group because of
emotional volatility, unstable interpersonal relationships, fears of
abandonment, anger control issues, to name a few.
Borderline clients idealize or devalue (splitting) – the leader is at first
great and then awful.
Some borderline group members who connect with a group may be
helped as trust develops and borderline client is able to accept some
frustrations and mild criticisms (Yalom 2005).
CLINICAL PEARL – It is important to understand that subgroups (splitting
off of smaller group/unit) can and do develop within the larger group.
Loyalty transferred to a subgroup undermines overall goals of larger
group (some clients are in and some out). May be indirect hostility to
leader. Some subgroups and extragroup activities are positive as long as
there is not a splintering from/hostility toward larger group. Group needs
to openly address feelings about subgroups and outside activities – if
splintering or secretiveness continues, will be a detriment to group’s
cohesiveness and therapeutic benefit.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 105
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
106
Yalom’s Therapeutic Factors
The factors involved in and derived from the group experience that
help and are of value to group members and therapeutic success are:
Instillation of hope – Hope that this group experience will be
therapeutic and effective.
Universality – Despite individual uniqueness, there are common
denominators that allow for a connection and reduce feelings of being
alone in one’s plight.
Didactic interaction – In some instances, instruction and education can
help people understand their circumstances, and such information
relieves anxiety and offers power, such as understanding cancer,
bipolar disorder, or HIV.
Direct advice – In some groups, advice giving can be helpful when one
has more experience and can truly help another (cancer survivor
helping newly diagnosed cancer patient). Too much advice giving can
impede. Advice giving/talking/refusing tells much about the group
members and stage of group.
Altruism – Although altruism suggests a concern for others that is
unselfish, it is learning that through giving to others, one truly
receives. One can find meaning through giving.
Corrective recapitulation of the primary family group – Many clients
develop dysfunctions related to the primary group – the family of
origin. There are often unresolved relationships, strong emotions,
and unfinished business. The group often serves as an opportunity
to work out some of these issues as leaders and group members
remind each other of primary family members, even if not
consciously.
Socializing techniques – Direct or indirect learning of social skills.
Helpful to those whose interpersonal relationships have fallen short
because of poor social skills. Often provided by group feedback,
such as You always turn your body away from me when I talk and
you seem bored. In many instances, individuals are unaware of
the behaviors that are disconcerting or annoying to others.
Imitative behavior – Members may model other group members, which
may help in exploring new behaviors.
DISORDERS/
INTERV
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 106
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
107
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Family Therapy
Family Therapy Models/Theories
Intergenerational The theory of Murray Bowen (1994) that states
problems are multigenerational and pass down from generation to
generation until addressed. Requires direct discussion and clarification
with previous generation members if possible. Concerned with level of
individual differentiation and anxiety, triangles, nuclear family
emotional system, and multigenerational emotional process. Therapist
must remain a neutral third party.
Contextual The therapy of Boszormenyi-Nagy that focuses on give
and take between family members, entitlement and fulfillment,
fairness, and the family ledger (an accounting of debits and merits).
Structural – Developed by Salvador Minuchin and views the family as a
social organization with a structure and distinct patterns. Therapist
takes an active role and challenges the existing order.
Strategic – Associated with Jay Haley and focuses on problem
definition and resolution, using active intervention.
Communications – Focuses on communications in the family and
emphasizes reciprocal affection and love; the Satir model.
Systemic – Involves multidimensional thinking and use of paradox
(tactics that appear opposite to therapy goals but designed to achieve
goals); also called the Milan model.
CLINICAL PEARL – In dealing with families, it is important to have an
understanding of how families operate, whatever model is used. A model
offers a framework for viewing the family. A family is a subsystem within
a larger system (community/society) and will reflect the values and
culture of that society. Unlike working with individuals, it is the family that
is the client.
Genogram
A genogram is a visual diagram of a family over two or three generations.
It provides an overview of the family and any significant emotional and
medical issues and discord among members. It offers insight into patterns
and unresolved issues/conflicts throughout the generations.
(Continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 107
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
108
DISORDERS/
INTERV
Common Genogram Symbols
From Townsend 5e 2006, with permission.
A
Male
Female
Separated(s)
Offspring
Conflictual
relationship
Miscarriage
or abortion
Adopted (boy)
Pregnant
Unmarried
relationship
Overclose
relationship
Married (m)
Divorced (d)
Twins (boys)
Death
KEY
NOTE: Include ages and
dates of significant
events when known.
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 108
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
109
Sample Genogram
From Townsend 5e 2006, with permission.
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) deals with the relationship between
cognition, emotion, and behavior.
Cognitive aspects are: automatic thoughts, assumptions, and
distortions.
Individuals are often unaware of the automatic thoughts that may
affect beliefs and behaviors, such as I never do well in school or I
am stupid.
Deep-seated beliefs, or schemas, affect perceptions of the world.
Individuals are also influenced by distortions in their thinking.
Important aspects of CBT include agenda setting, review, feedback,
and homework.
Some techniques may involve treating the behaviors rather than the
cognitive aspects.
DISORDERS/
INTERV
50
71
72
33
52
52
23
23
21
16
16
32
32
1956
CA
1976 MI
1968
CA
1985 MI
1983
CA
1982
MI
1984
CVA
43
A
42
Abortion
1989
(m) 1958
(d) 1960
( Patient )
86
92
100
80
65
73
(s) 1961
(m) 1961
1945
CA
(Continued on following page)
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 109
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
110
Fearful, dysfunctional clients respond better to behavioral versus
cognitive interventions. This may involve task or activity
assignments.
Other behavioral interventions are: social skills training,
assertiveness training, deep-muscle relaxation, exposure and
systematic desensitization techniques, and in vivo interventions
(phobias/agoraphobia). (Freeman et al. 2004)
Distortions in Thinking
Catastrophizing – an uncomfortable event is turned into a catastrophe.
Dichotomous thinking either/or thinking, such as I am good or I am
evil.
Mind reading – believes that the person knows what the other is
thinking without clarifying.
Selective abstraction – focusing on one aspect rather than all aspects.
Individual hears only the one negative comment during a critique and
does not hear the five positive comments.
Fortune telling – anticipates a negative future event without facts or
outcome. I know I am going to fail that test.
Overgeneralization – one event is now representative of the entire
situation. A forgotten anniversary is interpreted as: the marriage is over
and will never be the same.
CLINICAL PEARL – CBT has been shown to be quite effective in treating
depression and anxiety disorders (panic/phobia/OCD) and is very helpful
when used in conjunction with medication. Through CBT, clients learn to
change their thinking and to “reframe” their views/thoughts as well as
learn tools/techniques to deal with future episodes. CBT provides the
client with a sense of control over his/her fears, depression, and anxiety,
as there is an active participation in treatment and outcome.
Emerging/New Nonpharmacological Treatments for Depression
Novel treatments are emerging in the treatment of depression, some
showing clinical benefit and needing further study (Holtzheimer &
Nemeroff 2006).
Vagal nerve stimulation – uses a small implantable device and is
indicated for the adjunctive long-term treatment of chronic or
recurrent depression for patients 18 years of age or older who are
experiencing a major depressive episode and have not had an
adequate response to four or more adequate antidepressant
treatments. (Cyberonics Inc 2005; Nemeroff et al. 2006)
Transcranial magnetic stimulation – noninvasive, relatively
painless novel technique to alter brain physiology (Rachid &
Bertschy 2006).
DISORDERS/
INTERV
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 110
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
111
Complementary Therapies
Art therapy – the use of art media, images, and the creative process
to reflect human personality, interests, concerns, and conflicts. Very
helpful with children and traumatic memories.
Biofeedback – learned control of the body’s physiological responses
either voluntarily (muscles) or involuntarily (autonomic nervous
system), such as the control of blood pressure or heart rate.
Dance therapy – as the mind/body is connected, dance therapy focuses
on direct expression of emotion through the body, affecting feelings,
thoughts, and the physical and behavioral responses.
Guided imagery – imagination is used to visualize improved health;
has positive effect on physiological responses.
Meditation – self-directed relaxation of body and mind; health-
producing benefits through stress reduction.
Others: humor therapy, deep-muscle relaxation, prayer, acupressure,
Rolfing, pet therapy, massage therapy, and so forth.
CLINICAL PEARL – Never underestimate the benefit of the complementary
therapies. Complementary is often referred to as alternative therapy. In
some ways, alternative is a misnomer because these are not alternatives
but should be complements to traditional treatments. Both go hand in
hand in a comprehensive approach to healing and treatment of the body,
mind, and spiritual self.
DISORDERS/
INTERV
03Pederson (F)-03 6/25/07 7:47 PM Page 111
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
112
Psychotropic Drugs/Labs
Psychotropic Drugs
Antiparkinsonian Agents 115
Antipsychotic-Induced Movement Disorders 116
Antipsychotic Use Contraindications 116
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Agents 114
Childhood and Adolescence, Antidepressants in 115
Drug-Herbal Interactions 116
Elderly and Medications 117
Extrapyramidal Symptoms (EPS) 116
MAOI Diet (Tyramine) Restrictions 117
Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) 118
Pharmacokinetics 114
Serotonin Syndrome 119
Tardive Dyskinesia 116
Therapeutic Drug Classes 112
Antianxiety Agents 112
Antidepressants 113
Antipsychotic (Neuroleptic) Agents 113
Mood Stabilizers 113
Labs/Plasma Levels
Clozaril Protocol 121
Disorders and Labs/Tests 120
General Chemistry 122
Hematology 124
Plasma Level/Lab Test Monitoring 120
Plasma Levels (Therapeutic) – Mood Stabilizers 120
Renal/Kidney 125
Thyroid Panel 124
Urinalysis (UA) 125
Psychotropic Drugs
Therapeutic Drug Classes
Antianxiety (Anxiolytic) Agents
Used in the treatment of generalized anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder
(OCD), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), phobic disorders, insomnia,
and others and include:
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 112
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
113
Benzodiazepines (alprazolam, clonazepam, lorazepam, oxazepam)
Azaspirone (buspirone)
Alpha-2 adrenergics (clonidine)
Antihistamines (hydroxyzine)
Beta blockers (propranolol)
Antidepressants (doxepin, escitalopram)
Hypnosedatives for insomnia, such as barbiturates (phenobarbital) and
imidazopyridine (zolpidem).
Antidepressant Agents
Used in the treatment of depression, bipolar (depressed), OCD, and others,
and include:
Tricyclics (amitriptyline, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine)
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) (phenelzine, tranylcypromine)
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) (fluoxetine, paroxetine,
sertraline)
Serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) (venlafaxine,
duloxetine)
Others (aminoketone/triazolopyridine) (bupropion [Wellbutrin], trazodone
[Desyrel])
Mood-Stabilizing Agents
Used in the treatment of bipolar disorder (mania/depression), aggression,
schizoaffective, and others, and include:
Lithium
Anticonvulsants (valproic acid, carbamazepine, lamotrigine, topiramate)
Calcium channel blockers (verapamil)
Alpha-2 adrenergics (clonidine) and beta adrenergics (propranolol)
Antipsychotic (Neuroleptic) Agents
Used in the treatment of schizophrenia, psychotic episodes
(depression/organic [dementia]/substance-induced), bipolar disorder,
agitation, delusional disorder, and others, and include:
Phenothiazines (chlorpromazine, thioridazine)
Butyrophenones (haloperidol)
Thioxanthenes (thiothixene)
Diphenylbutyl piperidines (pimozide)
Dibenzoxazepine (loxapine)
Dihydroindolone (molindone)
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 113
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
114
Dibenzodiazepine (clozapine)
Benzisoxazole (risperidone)
Thienobenzodiazepine (olanzapine)
Benzothiazolyl piperazine (ziprasidone)
Dihydrocarbostyril (aripiprazole)
Although other agents (e.g., stimulants) may be used in the treatment of
psychiatric disorders, the most common therapeutic classes and agents are
listed above.
Pharmacokinetics
The Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme Sytem is involved in drug
biotransformation and metabolism. It is important to develop a knowledge
of this system to understand drug metabolism and especially drug
interactions. Over 30 P-450 isoenzymes have been identified. The major
isoenzymes include
CYP1A2/2A6/2B6/2C8/2C9/2C18/2C19/2D6/2E1/3A4/3A5-7.
Half-Life is the time (hours) that it takes for 50% of a drug to be eliminated
from the body. Time to total elimination involves halving the remaining
50%, and so forth, until total elimination. Half-life is considered in
determining dosing frequency and time to steady state. The rule of thumb
for steady state (stable concentration/manufacture effect) attainment is
4-5 half-lives. Because of fluoxetine’s long half-life, a 5-week washout is
recommended after stopping fluoxetine and before starting an MAOI to
avoid a serious and possibly fatal reaction.
Protein Binding is the amount of drug that binds to the blood’s plasma
proteins; the remainder circulates unbound. It is important to understand
this concept when prescribing two or more highly protein-bound drugs as
one drug may be displaced, causing increased blood levels and adverse
effects.
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Agents
Chemical Class Generic/Trade Dosage Range/Day
Amphetamines
Amphetamine
mixtures
DRUGS/LABS
Dextroamphetamine sulfate
(Dexadrine)
Methamphetamine (Desoxyn)
Dextroamphetamine/ampheta-
mine (Adderall)
5–60 mg
5–25 mg
5–60 mg
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 114
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
115
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Agents (Continued)
Chemical Class Generic/Trade Dosage Range/Day
Miscellaneous
From Townsend 2006. Used with permission.
Antidepressants in Childhood and Adolescence
ALERT: Childhood depression has been on the rise in the United States,
coupled with an increase in the prescribing of antidepressants for
adolescents and also for children under age 5. In 2003, in the UK, suicidality
in children was linked to Seroxat (Paxil), and now all antidepressants are
linked to the possibility of increased suicidality in children and adolescents
as well as young adults. Clearly, all children treated with antidepressants, as
well as adults, need to be closely monitored (face to face), especially early
in treatment, and assessed for suicidal ideation and risk (Johnson 2003;
Seroxat 2004; Health Canada 2004).
Antiparkinsonian Agents
These are anticholinergics used to treat drug-induced parkinsonism,
Parkinsons disease, and extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). These include:
Benztropine (Cogentin)
Biperiden (Akineton)
Trihexyphenidyl (Artane)
Amantadine (dopaminergic) and diphenhydramine (antihistaminic) and
others
Anticholinergic side effects include:
Blurred vision, dry mouth, constipation
Sedation, urinary retention, tachycardia
ALERT: Use cautiously in the elderly and in cardiac arrhythmias.
DRUGS/LABS
Methylphenidate (Ritalin;
Methylin; Concerta; Metadate)
Dexmethylphenidate (Focalin)
Pemoline (Cylert)
Atomoxetine (Strattera)
Bupropion (Wellbutrin)
10–60 mg
5–20 mg
37.5–112.5 mg
70 kg: 40–100 mg;
70 kg: 0.5–1.4 mg/kg
3 mg/kg
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 115
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
116
Antipsychotic Use Contraindications
Addison’s disease
Bone marrow depression
Glaucoma (narrow angle)
Myasthenia gravis
Antipsychotic-Induced Movement Disorders
Extrapyramidal Symptoms (EPS)
EPS are caused by antipsychotic treatment and need to be monitored/
evaluated for early intervention.
Akinesia – rigidity and bradykinesia
Akathisia – restlessness; movement of body; unable to keep still;
movement of feet (do not confuse with anxiety)
Dystonia – spasmodic and painful spasm of muscle (torticollis [head
pulled to one side])
Oculogyric crisis – eyes roll back toward the head. This is an emergency
situation.
Pseudoparkinsonism – simulates Parkinson’s disease with shuffling gait,
drooling, muscular rigidity, and tremor
Rabbit syndrome – rapid movement of the lips that simulate a rabbit’s
mouth movements
Tardive Dyskinesia
Permanent dysfunction of voluntary muscles. Affects the mouth – tongue
protrudes, smacking of lips, mouth movements.
ALERT: Evaluate clients on antipsychotics for possible tardive dyskinesia by
using the Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS) (see AIMS form in
Assessment Tab).
Drug-Herbal Interactions
Antidepressants should not be used concurrently with: St. John’s wort or
SAMe (serotonin syndrome and/or altered antidepressant metabolism).
Benzodiazepines/sedative/hypnotics should not be used concurrently with
chamomile, skullcap, valerian, or kava. St. John’s wort may reduce the
effectiveness of benzodiazepines metabolized by CYP P450 3A4.
Conventional antipsychotics (haloperidol, chlorpromazine) that are sedating
should not be used in conjunction with chamomile, skullcap, valerian, or
kava. Carbamazepine, clozapine, and olanzapine should not be used
concurrently with St. John’s wort (altered drug metabolism/effectiveness).
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 116
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
117
ALERT: Ask all clients specifically what, if any, herbal or OTC medications
they are using to treat symptoms.
Elderly and Medications (Start Low, Go Slow)
Relevant drug guides provide data about dosing for the elderly and
debilitated clients; also see Drugs A-Z Tab.
The elderly or debilitated clients are started at lower doses, often half the
recommended adult dose. This is due to:
Decreases in GI absorption
Decrease in total body water (decreased plasma volume)
Decreased lean muscle and increased adipose tissue
Reduced first-pass effect in the liver and cardiac output
Decreased serum albumin
Decreased glomerular filtration and renal tubular secretion
Time to steady state is prolonged
Because of decrease in lean muscle mass and increase in fat (retains
lipophilic drugs [fat-storing]), reduced first-pass metabolism, and decreased
renal function, drugs may remain in the body longer and produce an
additive effect.
ALERT: With the elderly, start doses low and titrate slowly. Drugs that result
in postural hypotension, confusion, or sedation should be used cautiously or
not at all.
Poor Drug Choices for the Elderly – Drugs that cause postural hypotension
or anticholinergic side effects (sedation).
TCAs – anticholinergic (confusion, constipation, visual blurring); cardiac
(conduction delay; tachycardia); alpha-1 adrenergic (orthostatic
hypotension [falls])
Benzodiazepines – longer the half-life; greater the risk of falls. Choose a
shorter half-life. Lorazepam (T
1
/
2
12–15 h) is a better choice than
diazepam (T
1
/
2
20–70 h; metabolites up to 200 h).
Lithium – use cautiously in elderly, especially if debilitated.
Consider age, weight, mental state, and medical disorders and compare
with side-effect profile in selecting medications.
MAOI Diet (Tyramine) Restrictions
Foods: Must Avoid Completely
Aged red wines (cabernet sauvignon/merlot/chianti)
Aged (smoked, aged, pickled, fermented, marinated, and processed)
meats (pepperoni/bologna/salami, pickled herring, liver, frankfurters,
bacon, ham)
DRUGS/LABS
(Text continued on following page)
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 117
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
118
Aged/mature cheeses (blue/cheddar/provolone/brie/romano/parmesan/
Swiss)
Overripe fruits and vegetables (overripe bananas/sauerkraut/all overripe
fruit)
Beans (fava, Italian, Chinese pea pod, fermented bean curd, soya sauce,
tofu, Miso soup)
Condiments (bouillon cubes/meat tenderizers/canned soups/gravy/sauces/
soy sauce)
Soups (prepared/canned/frozen)
Beverages (beer/ales/vermouth/whiskey/liqueurs/nonalcoholic wines and
beers)
Foods: Use With Caution (Moderation)
Avocados (not overripe)
Raspberries (small amounts)
Chocolate (small amount)
Caffeine (2 – 8 oz. servings per day or less)
Dairy products (limit to buttermilk, yogurt, and sour cream [small
amounts]); cream cheese, cottage cheese, milk OK if fresh.
Medications: Must Avoid
Stimulants
Decongestants
OTC medications (check with PCP/pharmacist)
Opioids
Meperidine
Ephedrine/epinephrine
Methyldopa
Herbal remedies
Any questions about foods, OTC medications, herbals, medications (newly
prescribed) should be discussed with the psychiatrist, pharmacist, or
advanced practice nurse because of serious nature of any food-drug, drug-
drug combinations.
Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)
A serious and potentially fatal syndrome caused by antipsychotics and other
drugs that block dopamine receptors. Important not to allow client to
become dehydrated (predisposing factor). More common in warm climates,
in summer. Possible genetic predisposition.
Signs and Symptoms
Fever: 103–105F or greater
Blood pressure lability (hypertension or hypotension)
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 118
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
119
Tachycardia (130 bpm)
Tachypnea (25 rpm)
Agitation (respiratory distress, tachycardia)
Diaphoresis, pallor
Muscle rigidity (arm/abdomen like a board)
Change in mental status (stupor to coma)
Stop antipsychotic immediately.
ALERT: NMS is a medical emergency (10% mortality rate); hospitalization
needed. Lab test: creatinine kinase (CK) to determine injury to the muscle.
Drugs used to treat NMS include: bromocriptine, dantroline, levodopa,
lorazepam.
Serotonin Syndrome
Can occur if client is taking one or more serotonergic drugs (e.g., SSRIs; also
St. Johns wort), especially higher doses. Do not combine SSRIs/SNRIs/
clomipramine with MAOI; also tryptophan, dextromethorphan combined
with MAOI can produce this syndrome.
If stopping fluoxetine (long half-life) to start an MAOI – must allow a
5-week washout period. At least 2 weeks for other SSRIs before starting
an MAOI. Discontinue MAOI for 2 weeks before starting another antide-
pressant or other interacting drug.
Signs and Symptoms
Change in mental status, agitation, confusion, restlessness, flushing
Diaphoresis, diarrhea, lethargy
Myoclonus (muscle twitching or jerks), tremors
If serotonergic medication is not discontinued, progresses to:
Worsening myoclonus, hypertension, rigor
Acidosis, respiratory failure, rhabdomyolysis
ALERT: Must discontinue serotonergic drug immediately. Emergency medical
treatment and hospitalization needed to treat myoclonus, hypertension, and
other symptoms.
NOTE: Refer to Physicians’ Desk Reference or product insert for complete
drug information (dosages, warnings, indications, adverse effects,
interactions, etc.) needed to make appropriate choices in the treatment of
clients. Although every effort has been made to provide key information
about medications and classes of drugs, such information is not and cannot
be all-inclusive in a reference of this nature. Professional judgment, training,
supervision, relevant references, and current drug information is critical to
the appropriate selection, evaluation, monitoring, and management of
clients and their medications.
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 119
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
120
Labs/Plasma Levels
Therapeutic Plasma Levels — Mood Stabilizers
Lithium: 1.0–1.5 mEq/L (acute mania)
0.6–1.2 mEq/L (maintenance)
Toxic: 2.0 mEq/L
Carbamazepine: 4–12 g/mL
Toxic 15 g/mL
Valproic acid: 50–100 g/mL
NOTE: Lithium blood level should be drawn in the morning about 12 hours
after last oral dose and before first morning dose.
Plasma Level/Lab Test Monitoring
Lithium – Initially check serum level every 1–2 wk (for at leat 2 mo), then
every 3–6 mo; renal function every 6–12 mo; TFTs every year.
Carbamazapine – Serum levels every 1–2 wk (at least for 2 mo); CBC and
LFTs every mo, then CBCs/LFTs every 6–12 mo; serum levels every 3–6
mo as appropriate.
Valproic acid – Serum level checks every 1–2 wk; CBC/LFTs every mo;
serum level every 3–6 mo; CBC/LFT every 6–12 mo.
Disorders and Labs/Tests
Labs and tests should be performed on all clients before arriving at a
diagnosis to rule out a physical cause that may mimic a psychological
disorder and before starting treatments. Tests should be repeated as
appropriate after diagnosis to monitor treatments/reevaluate.
Disorder Labs/Tests
Anxiety
Dementia
DRUGS/LABS
Physical exam, psych eval, mental status exam, TFTs
(hyperthyroidism), CBC, general chemistry, toxicology
screens (substance abuse); anxiety inventories/rating
scales
Physical exam, psych eval, mental status exam, Mini-
Mental State Exam, TFTs, LFTs, CBC, sed rate, general
chemistry, toxicology screens (substance abuse), B
12
,
folate, UA, HIV, FTA-ABS (syphilis), depression
inventories/rating scales (Geriatric Rating Scale)
(R/O depression), CT/MRI
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 120
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
121
Disorder Labs/Tests (Continued)
Depression
Mania
Postpartum
depression
Schizophrenia
Clozaril Protocol – Clozaril Patient Management System
Indications for use: Patients with a diagnosis of schizophrenia, unresponsive
or intolerant to three different neuroleptics from at least two different
therapeutic groups, when given adequate doses for adequate duration.
System for monitoring WBCs of patients on clozapine. Important because
of possible (life-threatening) agranulocytosis and leukopenia.
Need to monitor WBCs, absolute neutrophil count (ANC), and differential
before initiating therapy and after.
WBC and ANC weekly first 6 mo, then bi-weekly, then weekly for 1 month
after discontinuation.
Only available in 1–wk supply (requires WBCs, patient monitoring, and
controlled distribution through pharmacies).
If WBC 3000 mm
3
or granulocyte count 1500 mm
3
— withhold
clozapine (monitor for signs & symptoms of infection).
Monthly monitoring approved under certain situations (FDA approval
2005).
Patients must be registered with the Clozaril National Registry (see
www.clozaril.com).
DRUGS/LABS
Physical exam, psych eval, mental status exam, Mini-
Mental State Exam (R/O dementia), TFTs
(hypothyroidism), LFTs, CBC, general chemistry,
toxicology screens (substance abuse); depression
inventories/rating scales (R/O pseudodementia),
CT/MRI
Physical exam, psych eval, mental status exam, Young
Mania Rating Scale (bipolar I), TFTs (hyperthyroidism),
LFTs, toxicology screens (substance abuse), CBC, UA,
ECG (40 y), serum levels (VA, CBZ, Li), BMI, general
chemistry/metabolic panel, pregnancy test, CT/MRI
Physical exam, psych eval (history of previous
depression/psychosis), mental status exam, TFTs, CBC,
general chemistry, Edinburgh Postnatal Depression
Scale, monitor/screen during postpartal period
Physical exam, psych eval, mental status exam, TFTs
(hyperthyroidism), LFTs, toxicology screens (substance
abuse), CBC, UA, serum glucose, BMI, general
chemistry/metabolic panel, pregnancy test, CT/MRI;
Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale, AIMs
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 121
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
122
General Chemistry
Note: Reference ranges vary according to brand of laboratory assay
materials used. Check normal reference ranges from your facility’s laboratory
when evaluating results.
Lab Conventional SI Units
Albumin
Aldolase
Alkaline
phosphatase
Ammonia
Amylase
Anion gap
AST, SGOT
Bilirubin, direct
Bilirubin, total
BUN
Ca
(calcium)
Calcitonin
Carbon dioxide (CO
2
)
Chloride (Cl
)
Cholesterol
Cortisol
Creatine
Creatine kinase
(CK)
Creatinine
Ferritin
Folate
Glucose
Ionized calcium
DRUGS/LABS
3.5–5.0 g/100 mL
1.3–8.2 U/L
13–39 U/L, infants and
adolescents up to 104 U/L
12–55 mol/L
4–25 units/mL
8–16 mEq/L
Male: 8–46 U/L
Female: 7–34 U/L
Up to 0.4 mg/100 mL
Up to 1.0 mg/100 mL
8–25 mg/100 mL
8.5–10.5 mg/100 mL
Male: 0–14 pg/mL
Female: 0–28 pg/mL
24–30 mEq/L
100–106 mEq/L
200 mg/dL
(AM) 5–25 g/100 mL
(PM) 10 g/100 mL
Male: 0.2–0.5 mg/dL
Female: 0.3–0.9 mg/dL
Male: 17–148 U/L
Female: 10–79 U/L
0.6–1.5 mg/100 mL
10–410 ng/dL
2.0–9.0 ng/mL
70–110 mg/100 mL
4.25–5.25 mg/dL
35–50 g/L
22–137 nmol sec
1
/L
217–650 nmol · sec
1
/
L, up to 1.26 mol/L
12–55 mol/L
4–25 arb. unit
8–16 mmol/L
0.14–0.78 kat/L
0.12–0.58 kat/L
Up to 7 mol/L
Up to 17 mol/L
2.9–8.9 mmol/L
2.1–2.6 mmol/L
0–4.1 pmol/L
0–8.2 pmol/L
24–30 mmol/L
100–106 mmol/L
5.18 mmol/L
0.14–0.69 mol/L
0–0.28 mol/L
15–40 mol/L
25–70 mol/L
283–2467 nmol sec
1
/L
167–1317 nmol sec
1
/L
53–133 mol/L
10–410 g/dL
4.5–0.4 nmol/L
3.9–5.6 mmol/L
1.1–1.3 mmol/L
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 122
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
123
General Chemistry (Continued)
Lab Conventional SI Units
Iron (Fe)
Iron binding
capacity (IBC)
K
(potassium)
Lactic acid
LDH (lactic
dehydrogenase)
Lipase
Magnesium
Mg

(magnesium)
Na
(sodium)
Osmolality
Phosphorus
Potassium (K
)
Prealbumin
Protein, total
PSA
Pyruvate
Sodium (Na
)
T3
T4, free
T4, total
Thyroglobulin
Triglycerides
TSH
Urea nitrogen
Uric acid
DRUGS/LABS
50–150 g/100 mL
250–410 g/100 mL
3.5–5.0 mEq/L
0.6–1.8 mEq/L
45–90 U/L
2 units/mL or less
1.5–2.0 mEq/L
1.5–2.0 mEq/L
135–145 mEq/L
280–296 mOsm/kg water
3.0–4.5 mg/100 mL
3.5–5.0 mEq/L
18–32 mg/dL
6.0–8.4 g/100 mL
4.0 ng/mL
0–0.11 mEq/L
135–145 mEq/L
75–195 ng/100 mL
Male: 0.8–1.8 ng/dL
Female: 0.8–1.8 ng/dL
4–12 g/100 mL
3–42 /mL
40–150 mg/100 mL
0.5–5.0 U/mL
8–25 mg/100 mL
3.0–7.0 mg/100 mL
9.0–26.9 mol/L
44.8–73.4 mol/L
3.5–5.0 mmol/L
0.6–1.8 mmol/L
750–1500 nmol · sec
1
/L
Up to 2 arb. unit
0.8–1.3 mmol/L
0.8–1.3 mmol/L
135–145 mmol/L
280–296 mmol/kg
1.0–1.5 mmol/L
3.5–5.0 mmol/L
180–320 mg/L
60–84 g/L
4 g/L
0–0.11 mmol/L
135–145 mmol/L
1.16–3.00 nmol/L
10–23 pmol/L
10–23 pmol/L
52–154 nmol/L
3–42 g/L
0.4–1.5 g/L
0.5–5.0 arb. unit
2.9–8.9 mmol/L
0.18–0.42 mmol/L
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 123
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
124
Hematology
Lab Conventional SI Units
Blood volume
Red Blood
Cell (RBC)
Hemoglobin
(Hgb)
Hematocrit
(Hct)
Leukocytes (WBC)
Bands
Basophils
Eosinophils
Lymphocytes
B-Lymphocytes
T-Lymphocytes
Monocytes
Neutrophils
Platelets
Erythrocyte
Sedimentation
Rate (ESR)
Thyroid Panel
T
3
Total 75–195 ng/100 mL 1.16–3.00 nmol/L
T
3
Uptake (RT
3
U) 25%–35% 0.25–0.35
T
3
Uptake Ratio 0.1–1.35 0.1–0.35
T
4
Total 4–12 g/100 mL 52–154 nmol/L
T
4
Free 0.9–2.3 ng/dL 10–30 nm/L
TSH 0.5–5.0 U/mL 0.5–5.0 arb. unit
DRUGS/LABS
8.5%–9.0% of body weight
in kg
Male: 4.6–6.2 million/mm
3
Female: 4.2–5.9 million/mm
3
Male: 13–18 g/100 mL
Female: 12–16 g/100 mL
Male: 45%–52%
Female: 37%–48%
4,300–10,800/mm
3
80–85 mL/kg
4.6–6.2 10
12
/L
4.2–5.9 10
12
/L
Male: 8.1–11.2 mmol/L
Female: 7.4–9.9 mmol/L
Male: 0.45–0.52
Female: 0.37–0.48
4.3–10.8 10
9
/L
0–5%
0–1%
1%–4%
25%–40%
10%–20%
60%–80%
2%–8%
54%–75%
150,000–350,000/mm
3
Male: 1–13 mm/hr
Female: 1–20 mm/hr
0.03–0.08 10
9
/L
0–0.01 10
9
/L
0.01–0.04 10
9
/L
0.25–0.40 10
9
/L
0.10–0.20 10
9
/L
0.60–0.80 10
9
/L
0.02–0.08 10
9
/L
0.54–0.75 10
9
/L
150–350 10
9
/L
Male: 1–13 mm/hr
Female: 1–20 mm/hr
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 124
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
125
Renal/Kidney
Lab Conventional SI Units
BUN 6–23 mg/dL 2.5–7.5 mmol/L
Creatinine 15–25 mg/kg of body 0.13–0.22 mmol
weight/day kg
–1
/day
Uric acid Male: 4.0–9.0 mg/dL 238–535 mol/L
Female: 3.0–6.5 mg/dL 178–387 mol/L
Urinalysis (UA)
Color Yellow-straw
Specific Gravity 1.005–1.030
pH 5.0–8.0
Glucose Negative
Sodium 10–40 mEq/L
Potassium 8 mEq/L
Chloride 8 mEq/L
Protein Negative-trace
Osmolality 500–800 mOsm/L
DRUGS/LABS
04Pederson (F)-04 6/25/07 7:48 PM Page 125
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
126
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z
The following drugs are listed alphabetically within this tab by generic name
(example trade name in parentheses):
Alprazolam (Xanax) 127
Amitriptyline (Elavil) 128
Aripiprazole (Abilify) 128
Benztropine (Cogentin) 129
Bupropion (Wellbutrin) 129
Buspirone (BuSpar) 130
Carbamazapine (Tegretol) 130
Chlordiazepoxide (Librium) 131
Chlorpromazine (Thorazine) 131
Citalopram (Celexa) 132
Clomipramine (Anafranil) 132
Clonazepam (Klonopin) 133
Clozapine (Clozaril) 133
Desipramine (Norpramin) 134
Diazepam (Valium) 134
Divalproex sodium (Depakote) 135
Doxepin (Sinequan) 135
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) 136
Escitalopram (Lexapro) 136
Eszopiclone (Lunesta) 137
Fluoxetine (Prozac) 137
Fluphenazine (Prolixin) 138
Flurazepam (Dalmane) 138
Fluvoxamine (Luvox) 139
Gabapentin (Neurontin) 139
Haloperidol (Haldol) 140
Hydroxyzine (Atarax) 140
Imipramine (Tofranil) 141
Lamotrigine (Lamictal) 141
Lithium (Eskalith) 142
Lorazepam (Ativan) 143
Loxapine (Loxitane) 143
Mirtazapine (Remeron) 144
Molindone (Moban) 144
MAOIs (Nardil) 145
Nadolol (Corgard) 146
Nefazodone (Serzone) 146
Nortriptyline (Pamelor) 147
Olanzapine (Zyprexa) 147
Olanzapine and Fluoxetine HCl
(Symbax)* 148
Oxazepam (Serax) 148
Paliperidone (Invega)* 149
Paroxetine (Paxil) 149
Phenobarbital (Luminal) 150
Pimozide (Orap) 150
Propranolol (Inderal) 151
Quetiapine (Seroquel) 151
Ramelteon (Rozerem)* 152
Risperidone (Risperdal) 153
Selegiline patch (Emsam)* 154
Sertraline (Zoloft) 155
Thioridazine (Mellaril) 156
Topiramate (Topamax) 157
Trazodone (Desyrel) 158
Trihexyphenidyl (Artane) 159
Venlafaxine (Effexor) 160
Zalephon (Sonata) 161
Ziprasidone (Geodon) 161
Zolpidem (Ambien) 162
* Latest drugs approved/released into the marketplace.
DRUGS A-Z
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 126
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
127
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Psychotropic Drug Tables that follow include each drug’s half life (T
1
/
2
), protein binding, Canadian drug
trade names (in italics), dose ranges and adult doses, most common side effects (CSE), geriatric and
dose considerations, and LIFE-THREATENING (ALL CAPS) side effects, listed alphabetically by generic
name. (See Alert at end of tab as well as FDA Warnings.)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
Alprazolam
(Xanax, Xanax
XR, Apo-
Alpraz,
Novo-Alprazol,
Nu-Alpraz)
Intermediate
T
1
/
2
12–15 h
0.25–0.5 mg po
2–3 times
daily (anxiety);
panic: 0.5 mg
3 times daily;
not to exceed
10 mg/d; XR:
0.5–1 mg once
daily in AM;
usual range
3–6 mg/d.
Use: Anxiety,
panic;
unlabeled: PMS
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
lethargy; some-
times confu-
sion, hangover,
paradoxical
excitation, con-
stipation, diar-
rhea, nausea,
vomiting
Dose required;
begin 0.25 mg
2–3 times/d;
assess CNS
and risk for
falls. Elderly
have sensi-
tivity to benzo-
diazepines.
Antianxiety agent
Monitor CBC, liver,
renal function in
long-term therapy;
avoid grapefruit
juice; risk for
psychological/
physical depend-
ence; seizures on
abrupt discontinu-
ation. Interacts
with alcohol,
antidepressants,
antihistamines,
other benzos and
opioids.
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 127
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
128
DRUGS A-Z
Range: 50–300
mg/d; dosage:
75 mg/d po in
divided doses
up to 150 mg/d
or 50–100 mg
hs; increase by
25–50 mg to 150
mg (in hospital:
start 100 mg/d
up to 300 mg).
Schizophrenia: 10-
15 mg/d po (up
to 30 mg/d);
only after 2 wk
at a given dose.
Bipolar: 30 mg/d
(start at 15 mg/d
if larger dose
not tolerated).
Use: Depression;
unlabeled: chronic
pain
CSE: Blurred vision,
dry eyes, dry
mouth, sedation,
hypotension,
constipation,
ARRHYTHMIAS
Use: Schizophrenia,
acute bipolar mania
(manic/mixed)
CSE: Nausea, anxiety,
confusion, con-
stipation, orthosta-
tic hypotension,
salivation, ecchy-
moses, NMS
Use caution:
Orthostatic
hypotension,
sedation,
confusion
(falls); CV
disease;
titrate
slowly.
Orthostatic
hypotension;
caution with
CV disease.
mortality in
elderly with
dementia-
related
psychosis.
Antidepressant
[TCA]
Hx CV disease or
high doses:
Monitor ECG
prior to and
through Rx.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated:
Lactation;
caution with CV/
cerebrovascular
diseases; avoid
dehydration;
NEUROLEPTIC
MALIGNANT
SYNDROME.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
Amitriptyline
(Elavil, Apo-
Amitriptyline)
T
1
/
2
10–50 h
Protein binding
95%
Aripiprazole
(Abilify)
T
1
/
2
75 h;
dehydroari-
piprazole
94 h
Protein binding
 99%
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 128
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
129
Benztropine
(Cogentin, Apo-
Benztropine)
T
1
/
2
Unknown
Bupropion
(Wellbutrin,
Wellbutrin SR,
Wellbutrin XL)
T
1
/
2
14 h
(metabolites
possibly long
er)
Parkinsonism:
0.5–6 mg/d
EPS: PO/IM/
IV: 1–4 mg qd
or bid or 1–2
mg po 2–3
times daily;
acute dystonia:
IM/IV: 1–2 mg;
then 1–2 mg po
bid.
200–450 mg/d po
IR: 100 mg po
bid; after 3 d
to tid; wk 4 to
450 mg/d in
divided doses,
not to exceed
150 mg/dose.
Use: Parkinson’s,
drug-induced
EPS, and acute
dystonia
CSE: Blurred
vision, dry
mouth, dry eyes,
constipation,
urinary retention
Use: Depression;
adult ADHD
(SR only);
female sexual
desire
CSE: Agitation,
headache, dry
mouth, nausea,
vomiting,
SEIZURES
Use cautiously;
risk of adverse
reactions.
Use cautiously;
increased risk
of drug
accumulation.
Antiparkinson agent
Contraindicated:
Narrow-angle
glaucoma and TD;
assess parkin-
sonian/EPS
symptoms;
bowel function
(constipation)/
urinary retention
IM/IV: Monitor
pulse/BP closely;
advise slow
position changes.
Antidepressant
Contraindicated:
Hx bulimia or
anorexia; seizure
disorder. Seizure
risk at doses
450 mg; avoid
alcohol.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 129
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
130
Buspirone
(BuSpar)
T
1
/
2
2–3 h
Protein binding
95%
Carbamazepine
(Tegretol, Tegre-
tol XR, Equetro,
Epitol, Apo-
Carbamazepine,
Tegretol CR)
T
1
/
2
single
dose 25–65 h;
chronic dosing
8–29 h
15–60 mg/d po
Range: 400–1200
mg/d
Start: 200 mg/d
or 100 mg bid;
increase
weekly by 200
mg/d until
reach
therapeutic
level/mania
improvement
with tolerable
side effects.
(Do not crush
Tegretol XR)
Antianxiety agent
Contrainidicated:
Severe renal/hepatic
impairment; does
not appear to cause
dependence.
Anticonvulsant
Caution: Impaired
liver/cardiac
functions. Monitor
CBC, platelets,
reticulocytes, &
serum iron wkly first
2 mo, then yearly.
D/C if bone marrow
depression.
Therapeutic Range
(4–12 μg/mL).
Sx of SJS: cough,
FUO, mucosal
lesions, rash; stop
CBZ.
Use: Anxiety
management
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
blurred vision,
palpitations,
chest pain,
nausea, rashes,
myalgia,
sweating
Use: Bipolar: Acute
mania/mixed;
seizures, trigem-
inal pain
CSE: Ataxia,
drowsiness,
blurred vision.
APLASTIC
ANEMIA,
AGRANULOCY-
TOSIS,
THROMBOCYTO-
PENIA, STEVENS-
JOHNSON
SYNDROME
(SJS)
Contraindicated:
Severe
renal/hepatic
disease.
Use cautiously
CV/hepatic
disease; BPH
and increased
intraocular
pressure.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 130
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
131
Chlordiazepoxide
(Librium,
Libritabs, Apo-
Chlordiaze-
poxide)
T
1
/
2
5–30 h
Chlorpromazine
(Thorazine, Thor-
Prom, Chlorpro-
manyl, Largactil,
Novo-Chlorpro-
mazine)
T
1
/
2
initial 2 h;
end 30 h
Protein binding
90%
May cause pro-
longed sedation
in the elderly and
is associated with
increased risk of
falls. Must reduce
dose or consider
short-acting
benzodiazepine.
Caution: Sedating;
decrease initial
dose. Caution:
BPH
Anxiety: 5–25 mg
po 3–4 daily.
Alcohol withdra-
wal: IM: 50–100
mg; may
repeat in 3–4 h
or po 50–100
mg; repeat
until agitation
(to 400
mg/d).
Range: 40–800
mg/d po
Psychoses: 10–25
mg po 2–4
times/d; may
q 3–4 d up to
1 g/d; IM: Start
25–50 mg IM
to max. 400
mg q 3–12 h
(max. 1 g/d).
Antianxiety agent
Contraindicated:
Narrow-angle
glaucoma,
porphyria;
caution with
hepatic/renal
impairment and
history of suicide
attempt/sub-
stance abuse.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated:
Glaucoma, bone
marrow depres-
sion, severe liver/
CV disease.
Monitor BP,
pulse, and
respirations,
CBCs, LFTs, and
eye exams; EPS,
akathisia, NMS.
Use: Adjunct
anxiety
management;
alcohol
withdrawal
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness, pain
at IM site
Use: Psychosis;
combativeness
CSE: Hypotension
(esp IM), dry
eyes, sedation,
blurred vision,
constipation, dry
mouth, photo-
sensitivity,
NMS, AGRAN-
ULOCYTOSIS
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 131
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
132
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
Citalopram
(Celexa)
T
1
/
2
35 h
Clomipramine
(Anafranil, Apo-
Clomipramine)
T
1
/
2
20–30 h
Range: 20–60
mg/d po
Start 20 mg po
daily, increased
weekly, if
needed, by 20
mg/d up to 60
mg/d (usual
dose: 40 mg/d).
Range: 25–250
mg/d po
Start 25 mg/d po;
gradually
increase to 100
mg/d (up to 250
mg/d).
Antidepressant
[SSRI]
Contraindicated:
Use within 14
days of MAOI;
Caution: hx of
mania or seizures;
serotonin
syndrome with
SAMe or St.
John’s wort;
monitor for mood
changes and
assess for suicide.
Antidepressant
[TCA]
Caution: CV disease
including conduc-
tion
abnormalities, hx:
seizures, bipolar,
hypotensive
disorders; avoid
alcohol; fatal with
MAOIs.
Use: Depression
CSE: Apathy,
confusion,
drowsiness,
insomnia,
abdominal
pain, anorexia,
diarrhea,
dyspepsia,
nausea,
sweating,
tremor
Use: OCD
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
increased
appetite,
weight gain,
constipation,
nausea
20 mg po once
daily; may
increase to 40
mg/d only in
those not
responding.
Lower doses with
hepatic/renal
impairment.
Use with caution in
elderly (sedation,
orthostatic
hypotension; CV
disease; BPH).
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 132
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
133
DRUGS A-Z
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
Clonazepam
(Klonopin,
Rivotril, Syn-
Clonazepam)
T
1
/
2
18–50 h
Clozapine
(Clozaril,
FazaClo)
T
1
/
2
8–12 h
Protein binding
95%
[FazaClo—orally
disintegrating
tablets]
Range: 1.5–4 mg/d
po (panic/anxi-
ety); as high as
6 mg/d; up to
20 mg/d for
seizures.
Range: 300–900
mg/d po
Start 25 mg po
1–2 daily;
25–50 mg/d
over 2 wk up to
300–450 mg/d
(not to exceed
900 mg/d).
FazaClo: start
12.5 mg 1–2
daily; no water
needed.
Antianxiety agent
Contraindicated: Severe
liver disease; assess
for drowsiness: dose-
related. Monitor:
CBC/LFTs with
prolonged therapy.
Antipsychotic
Must follow Clozaril
protocol: Monitor
BP/pulse; CBC
(WBC/diff 3000/
mm
3
—withhold
clozapine).
(See Clozaril Protocol in
Drug-Lab Tab.)
Monitor for signs of
myocarditis, akathisia,
EPS, and NMS.
(For FazaClo Protocol,
see www.Fazaclo.
com)
Use: Panic disorder,
seizure disorders;
restless leg
syndrome.
CSE: Behavioral
changes,
drowsiness, ataxia
Use: Refractive
schizophrenia
(unresponsive to
other treatments)
CSE: Dizziness,
sedation,
hypotension,
tachycardia,
constipation,
NMS, SEIZURES,
AGRANULOCYTO-
SIS, LEUKOPENIA,
MYOCARDITIS
(D/C clozapine)
Caution:
Drowsiness;
Contraindi-
cated: Liver
disease
Use cautiously
with CV/
hepatic/renal
disease;
sedating;
mortality in
elderly with
dementia-
related
psychosis
05Pederson (F)-05 6/27/07 7:09 PM Page 133
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
134
Desipramine
(Norpramin,
Pertofrane)
T
1
/
2
12–27 h
Protein binding
90%–92%
Diazepam
(Valium, Apo-
Diazepam,
Vivol )
T
1
/
2
20–50 h
(up to 100 h for
metabolites)
Range: 25–300 mg/d
100–200 mg/d po
single or divided
doses (up to 300
mg/d).
Range: 4–40 mg/d
Anxiety: po: 2–10
mg 2–4 daily;
IM/IV: 2–10 mg q
4 h prn.
Alcohol WD: po: 10
mg 3–4 first 24
h; then 5 mg 3–4
daily; IM/IV: 10
mg, then 5–10 mg
in 3–4 h as
needed.
Use: Depression;
unlabeled: chronic
pain
CSE: Blurred vision,
dry eyes, dry
mouth, sedation,
hypotension,
constipation
ARRHYTHMIAS
Use: Anxiety adjunct;
alcohol withdrawal
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
lethargy
Reduce dosage:
25–50 mg/d po (in
divided doses (up
to 150 mg/d);
sedation. Caution
with CV disease,
BPH; monitor BP
& pulse.
Dosage reduction
required; caution:
hepatic/renal
disease; assess:
risk for falls;
prolonged
sedation in the
elderly.
Antidepressant
(TCA)
Contraindicated:
Narrow-angle
glaucoma.
Monitor BP/
pulse; ECG prior
to and through Rx
if hx of CV disease
or high doses.
Antianxiety agent
Monitor: BP/pulse/
respirations; CBC,
LFTs; renal tests
periodically with
prolonged ther-
apy; monitor for
dependence. Alco-
holics: ETOH with-
drawal–assess for:
tremors, delir-ium,
agitation,
hallucinations.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 134
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
135
DRUGS A-Z
Divalproex
sodium
(Depakote,
Depakote ER,
Epival)
[Valproate]
T
1
/
2
5–20 h
Doxepin
(Sinequan,
Zonalon,
Triadapin)
T
1
/
2
8–25 h
Range: 500–1500
mg/d po [up to
4000 mg/d]
Initially: 750 mg/d
in divided doses,
titrated to clinical
effect/plasma
levels; ER: Single
dose at bedtime.
Range: 25–300 mg/d
po
25 mg po 3 daily,
up to150 mg
(inpatient up to
300 mg/d).
Use: Bipolar, acute
mania &
prophylaxis
CSE: Nausea,
vomiting,
indigestion,
HEPATOTOXICITY,
PANCREATITIS
Use: Depression/
anxiety
CSE: Blurred vision,
dry eyes, dry
mouth, sedation,
hypotension,
constipation,
ARRHYTHMIAS
Caution with renal
impairment, organic
brain disease,
assess for excessive
somnolence.
Dose reduction:
25–50 mg/d po
initially, increase as
needed; caution
with preexisting CV
disease, BPH; assess
for falls and
anticholinergic
effects.
Anticonvulsant
Contraindicated:
Hepatic
impairment;
Monitor LFTs,
serum ammonia
before and
throughout Rx.
Hyperammonemia:
D/C VA.
Caution: Renal/
bleeding disorders;
bone marrow
depression; terato-
genicity; need VA
levels (50–100
g/mL).
Antidepressant
Monitor blood pres-
sure and pulse;
ECGs with hx of CV
disease; WBC w
diff, LFTs, and
serum glucose
periodically.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 135
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
136
Duloxetine
(Cymbalta)
T
1
/
2
12 h
Protein
binding
90%
Escitalopram
(Lexapro)
T
1
/
2
increased
in hepatic
impairment
Range: 40–60 mg/d
20–30 mg po twice
daily
Range: 10–20 mg/d;
10 mg po once
daily, may
increase to 20
mg/d after 1 wk.
Use: Major depres-
sive disorder
CSE: fatigue,
drowsiness,
insomnia,
appetite,
constipation, dry
mouth, nausea,
dysuria,
sweating,
SEIZURES
Use: Depression,
generalized
anxiety disorder
CSE: Insomnia,
diarrhea, nausea,
sexual dysfunction
Use with caution;
increase slowly.
dose in elderly;
caution with
hepatic/renal
impairment
(10 mg po once
daily); T
1
/
2
increased in the
elderly
Antidepressant
[SNRI]
Contraindicated:
Concurrent
MAOIs, hepatic
impairment/ETOH
use; with renal
impairment: start
with lower dose.
Monitor BP ( BP
dose-related) &
LFTs; monitor for
suicidality.
Antidepressant
[SSRI]
Contraindicated:
Concurrent
MAOIs or
citalopram.
Caution: hx
mania/seizures or
risk for suicide;
monitor for
suicidality.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 136
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
137
DRUGS A-Z
Eszopiclone
(Lunesta)
T
1
/
2
6 h
Protein binding
weakly bound
Fluoxetine
(Prozac, Prozac
Weekly, Serafem
[PMDD])
T
1
/
2
1-3 d
(norfluoxetine:
5-7 d)
Protein binding
94.5%
Range: 1–3 mg po
Start at 2 mg po hs,
may to 3 mg if
needed.
Range: 20–80 mg po
Depression/OCD:
Start 20 mg/d po,
may weekly up
to 80 mg; Panic
disorder: Start 10
mg/d po up to 60
mg/d; Prozac
Weekly: 90 mg/wk
Use: Insomnia: Sleep
latency/
maintenance
CSE: Anxiety,
confusion,
depression,
headache,
migraine,
dizziness,
hallucinations
Use: Depression
(also geriatric),
OCD, bulimia
nervosa, panic
disorder
CSE: Anxiety,
drowsiness,
headache,
insomnia,
nervousness,
diarrhea, sexual
dysfunction,
sweating,
pruritus, tremor
Elderly should start
with 1 mg po
dose and take
immediately
before bedtime;
should not
exceed 2 mg/hs.
Starting dose: 10
mg/d (not to
exceed 60 mg);
Caution with
hepatic/renal
impairment and
with multiple
medications (long
T
1
/
2
). Elderly at
risk for excessive
CNS stimulation,
sleep distur-
bances, and
agitation.
Sedative/hypnotic
Severe hepatic
impairment: Start
1 mg. Caution:
Concomitant
illness, drug/ETOH
abuse, psychiatric
illness, abrupt
withdrawal (See
FDA warning).
Antidepressant
[SSRI]
Serious fatal
reactions with
MAOIs, long
washout needed.
Caution:
Hepatic/renal/
pregnancy/
seizures.
Peds/Adol
(18–24y): May
increase risk of
suicidal thinking
and behavior;
must closely
monitor.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 137
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
138
Fluphenazine
hydrochloride
(Prolixin, Apo-
Fluphenazine)
T
1
/
2
4.7–15.3 h
Fluphenazine
decanoate
(Prolixin Deca-
noate, Modecate)
T
1
/
2
6.8–9.6 d
Fluphenazine
Enanthate
T
1
/
2
3.7 d
Protein binding
90%
Flurazepam
(Dalmane, Apo-
Flurazepam,
Somnol)
T
1
/
2
2.3 h
(active
metabolite may
be 30–200 h)
Protein binding
97%
Range: 1–40 mg/d
Fluphenazine
HCl: Start:
2.5–10 mg/d po
(divided dose
q 6–8 h);
maintenance:
1–5 mg/d; IM:
1.25–2.5 mg q
6–8 h
Decanoate: Start
12.5–25 mg
IM/SC q 1–4 wk
(may to 100
mg/dose).
Range: 15–30 mg
Usual dose: 15–30
mg po hs.
Use: Psychotic
disorders,
schizophrenia,
chronic
schizophrenia
CSE: EPS,
photosensitivity,
sedation, tardive
dyskinesia,
AGRANULO-
CYTOSIS
Use: Short-term
insomnia
management
(4 wk)
CSE: Drowsiness,
confusion,
dizziness,
paradoxical
excitation, blurred
vision, constipation
Use lower doses:
Fluphenazine HCl:
Start with 1–2.5
mg/d po; caution
with BPH,
respiratory
disease;
Contraindicated:
severe liver/CV
disease.
Initial dose : 15
mg po initially hs;
hepatic disease;
warn patient and
family about
risk for falls and
requires
assessment for
falls and fall
prevention.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated:
Severe liver/CV
disease, use with
pimozide,
glaucoma, bone
marrow
depression.
Monitor BP, pulse,
respiration, ECG
changes, EPS,
akathisia, TD, NMS
(report
immediately).
Periodic CBCs,
LFTs, eye exams.
Sedative/hypnotic
Contraindicated: CNS
depression,
narrow-angle glau-
coma, pregnancy,
lactation. Caution:
Hepatic disease, hx
suicide attempts.
Avoid alcohol. (See
FDA warning.)
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 138
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
139
Fluvoxamine
(Luvox)
T
1
/
2
13.6–15.6 h
Gabapentin
(Neurontin,
Gabarone)
T
1
/
2
5–7 h
Range: 50–300 mg/d
Start: 50 mg/d po
hs, 50 mg q
4–7 d (divide
equally, if dose
100 mg)
(do not exceed
300 mg/d)
Range: 900–1800
mg/d
Start: 300 mg po 3
daily; titrate up to
1800 mg/d in
divided doses
(doses up to 3600
mg/d have been
used)
Use: OCD. Unla-
beled: depression.
CSE: Headache,
dizziness,
drowsiness,
nervousness,
insomnia, nausea,
diarrhea,
constipation
Use: Partial seizures.
Unlabeled: Bipolar
disorder and
chronic pain
CSE: Drowsiness,
ataxia, confusion,
depression; may
also cause dizzi-
ness, hostility,
vertigo, hyperten-
sion, anorexia
Reduce dose, titrate
slowly; caution
with impaired
hepatic function
Use cautiously;
especially with
renal impairment
( dose and/or
dosing interval).
Antidepressant
[SSRI]
Serious fatal
reactions with
MAOIs. Peds/Adol
(18–24y): Weigh
risk vs benefit.
Monitor closely
for suicidality.
Anticonvulsant
Caution: Renal
impairment
( dose).
Discontinuation
requires at least a
wk; should be
done gradually;
dosages no more
than 12 h apart.
Risk of CNS
depression with
alcohol, opioids,
other CNS
depressants.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 139
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
140
Haloperidol
(Haldol, Apo-
Haloperidol)
Haloperidol
decanoate
T
1
/
2
21–24 h
Protein Binding
90%
Hydroxyzine
(Atarax, Vistaril,
Apo-Hydroxy-
zine, Novohy-
droxyzin)
T
1
/
2
3 h
Range: 1–100 mg/d
Haloperidol: 0.5–5
mg po 2–3 d (to
100 mg/d).
Decanoate: 10–15
times the oral
dose.
Range: 100–400
mg/d
25–100 mg po 4
daily (do not
exceed 600
mg/d).
Use: Psychotic
disorders,
aggressive states,
schizophrenia
CSE: EPS, blurred
vision,
constipation, dry
mouth/eyes,
NMS, SEIZURES
Use: Anxiety,
pruritis, preop
sedation
CSE: Drowsiness,
dry mouth, pain
at IM site
Dosage reduction
required: 0.5–2 mg
po two daily;
increasing
gradually; caution:
CV/diabetes, BPH.
Dosage reduction;
severe hepatic
disease; at risk
for falls and CNS
effects. Monitor
for drowsiness,
agitation,
sedation.
Antipsychotic
Monitor BP, pulse,
respiration,
akathisia, EPS,
tardive dyskine-
sia, NMS (report
immediately).
Perform CBC w
diff, LFTs, eye
exams
periodically. Avoid
alcohol/CNS
depressants.
Caution: Tox ic
encephalopathy w
haloperidol
lithium.
Antianxiety/sedative/
hypnotic
Contraindicated
in pregnancy. Use
cautiously severe
hepatic dysfunc-
tion. Avoid
alcohol/CNS
depressants.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 140
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
141
Imipramine
(Tofranil, Apo-
Imipramine)
T
1
/
2
8–16 h
Protein binding
89–95%
Lamotrigine
(Lamictal)
T
1
/
2
25.4 h (on
lamotrigine
alone)
Range: 30–300 mg/d
25–50 mg po 3–4
daily (not to
exceed 300
mg/d).
Range: 75–250 mg/d
Bipolar pt not on
CBZ/VA: Start 25
mg/d po
2 wk, then 50
mg/d 2 wk,
then 100 mg/d
1 wk, then 200
mg/d.
Use: Depression
CSE: Blurred vision,
dry eyes, dry
mouth, sedation,
constipation,
hypotension,
ARRHYTHMIAS
Use: Partial seizures,
bipolar disorder
maintenance
CSE: Nausea,
vomiting, dizzi-
ness, headache,
ataxia photo-
sensitivity, rash,
STEVENS
JOHNSON
SYNDROME (SJS)
25 mg po hs
initially, up to
100 mg/d, divided
doses. Use
cautiously in
elderly, preex-
isting CV disease
(monitor ECGs),
BPH.
May cause
dizziness/
drowsiness.
Caution with
impaired
renal/CV/
hepatic disease.
Antidepressant
[tricyclic]
Monitor ECGs in
heart disease; also
BP and pulse.
Contraindicated:
Concurrent MAOIs;
avoid use with
SSRIs, or
clonidine.
Anticonvulsant
Contrainidicated:
Lactation. Caution:
lmpaired renal/
cardiac/hepatic
function, hx rash
on lamotrigine.
Avoid abrupt
discontinuation.
Assess for skin
rash. Sx of SJS:
Cough, FUO,
mucosal lesions,
rash; stop
lamotrigine.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 141
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
142
Lithium
(Eskalith, Eskalith
CR, Lithobid,
Lithonate,
Lithotabs,
Carbolith,
Duralith)
T
1
/
2
20-27 h
Acute mania:
1800-2400 mg/d;
Maintenance:
300-1200 mg/d.
Start: 300-600 mg
po 3 daily;
usual main-
tenance: 300 mg
3-4 daily. Slow
release: 200-300
mg po 3 daily
to start, up to
1800 mg/d
(divided doses);
Extended release:
300-600 mg po
3 daily to start.
Use: Bipolar
disorder: Acute
manic episodes;
prophylaxis
against recurrence
CSE: Fatigue,
headache,
impaired memory,
ECG changes,
bloating, diarrhea,
nausea, abdominal
pain, leukocytosis,
polyuria, acne,
hypothyroidism,
tremors, weight
gain, SEIZURES,
ARRHYTHMIAS
Initial dose
reduction recom-
mended; caution
w CV/renal/
thyroid disease,
diabetes mellitus.
Antimanic
Serum lithium levels:
Acute mania: 1.0-1.5
mEq/L; Mainte-
nance: 0.6-1.2
mEq/L. Narrow
therapeutic range;
Signs of toxicity:
vomiting, diarrhea,
slurred speech,
drowsiness,
coordination. Li
thyroid function
(hypothyroidism)/
renal changes.
Monitor thyroid/
kidney function,
WBC w diff,
electrolytes,
glucose, ECG,
weight (also BMI).
Caution: Tox ic
encephalopathy w
haloperidol
lithium.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 142
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
143
Lorazepam
(Ativan, Apo-
Lorazepam)
T
1
/
2
10–16 h
Loxapine
(Loxitane,
Loxapac)
T
1
/
2
5 h/
12–19 h
Range: 2–6 mg/d
(up to 10 mg/d);
1–3 mg po 2-3 x
daily; Insomnia:
2-4 mg po hs.
Range: 20–250 mg/d
Start: 10 mg po 2
daily, until
psychotic
symptom
improvement.
Use: Anxiety,
insomnia
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
lethargy; rapid IV:
APNEA, CARDIAC
ARREST
Use: Psychotic
disorders,
schizophrenia
CSE: Drowsiness,
orthostatic
hypotension,
ataxia,
constipation,
nausea, blurred
vision
Dosage reduction;
caution
hepatic/renal/
pulmonary
impairment; more
susceptible to
CNS effects and
increased risk for
falls.
Evaluate/monitor
for confusion,
orthostatic
hypotension,
sedation, dose;
at risk for falls.
Antianxiety/sedative/
hypnotic.
Contraindicated:
Comatose or CNS
depression, preg-
nancy, lactation,
glaucoma. Caution:
In hepatic/renal/
pulmonary
impairment/
drug abuse.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated:
Severe CNS
depression/coma.
Caution:
Parkinsons, bone
marrow
suppression,
cardiac, renal,
respiratory
disease; sedating,
Monitor for EPS,
NMS, TD.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 143
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
144
Mirtazapine
(Remeron,
Remeron
Soltabs)
T
1
/
2
20–40 h
Protein binding
85%
Molindone
(Moban)
T
1
/
2
1.5 h
Range: 15–45 mg/d
Start: 15 mg/d po
hs, increase q
1–2 wk up to
45 mg/d.
Range: 15–225 mg/d
Start: 50–75 mg/d
po, increase at
4 d intervals
(up to 225 mg).
Use: Depression
CSE: Drowsiness,
constipation, dry
mouth, increased
appetite, weight
gain
Use: Psychotic
disorders,
schizophrenia
CSE: Sedation,
drowsiness,
constipation,
weight gain,
blurred vision
Lower dose; use
cautiously w
hepatic/renal
disease.
Initial dose;
caution w
diabetes, BPH,
respiratory
disease; increased
risk for falls
(sedation/
orthostatic
hypotension).
Antidepressant
[tetracyclic]
Contraindicated:
Concurrent MAOI
therapy; caution
w hx seizures,
suicide attempt.
Closely monitor
for suicidality/
safety not deter-
mined in children,
lactation, preg-
nancy. Periodic
CBCs, LFTs.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated w
CNS depression.
Monitor for EPS,
NMS, and TD.
Caution with
cardiac, renal,
hepatic,
respiratory
disease.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 144
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
145
MAOIs:
Phenelzine
(Nardil)
Tranylcypromine
(Parnate)
Isocarboxazid
(Marplan)
T
1
/
2
Unknown
[See selegiline
patch]
Phenelzine:
Range: 45–90 mg/d
Start: 15 mg po 3
daily and increase
to 60–90 mg/d.
Tranylcypromine:
Range: 30–60 mg/d
Start: 30 mg/d po
divided dose
(AM/PM) up to
60 mg/d.
Isocarboxazid:
Range: 20–60 mg/d
Start: 10 mg/d po,
increasing every
few days (up to
60 mg/d in 2–4
divided doses).
Use: Atypical
depression, panic
disorder; other Rx
ineffective or not
tolerated
CSE: Dizziness,
headaches,
insomnia,
restlessness,
blurred vision,
arrythmias,
orthostatic
hypotension,
diarrhea,
SEIZURES,
HYPERTENSIVE
CRISIS
Use cautiously,
titrate slowly,
risk of adverse
reactions.
Antidepressant
Potentially fatal
reactions with
other antide-
pressants (SSRIs,
TCAs, etc). Five
wk washout w
fluoxetine. Must
follow MAOI diet
(foods high in
tyramine) to avoid
hypertensive crisis
(emergency) [See
MAOI diet in Drug-
Lab Tab]; hyperten-
sive crisis from
caffeine; also
amphetamines,
levadopa,
dopamine,
epinephrine,
reserpine, and
others. Avoid
opioids
(meperidine).
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 145
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
146
Nadolol
(Corgard;
Syn-Nadolol)
T
1
/
2
10–24 h
Nefazodone
(Serzone*)
40 mg/d po
(up to 240 mg)
200-600 mg/d po
Use: Tremors,
akathisia
CSE: Fatigue,
impotence,
ARRYTHMIAS,
CHF, BRADY-
CARDIA,
PULMONARY
EDEMA
Use: Depression
CSE: Insomnia,
dizziness,
drowsiness,
HEPATIC FAILURE;
HEPATIC TOXICITY
Initial dose
reduction
recommended;
increased
sensitivity to beta
blockers.
Initiate lower dose.
HEPATIC FAILURE;
HEPATIC
TOXICITY.
Antianginal; beta
blocker
Contraindicated:
CV diseases (CHF,
bradycardia,
heart block, etc.);
renal impairment:
dosing
intervals.
Antidepressant
Serzone has been
withdrawn from
the North
American market
for rare but
serious liver
failure; generic
is still available.
*Withdrawn from North American market
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 146
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
147
Nortriptyline
(Pamelor, Aventyl)
T
1
/
2
18–28 h
Protein binding
92%
Olanzapine
(Zyprexa, Zyprexa
Zydis, Zyprexa
Intramuscular)
T
1
/
2
21–54 h
Protein binding
93%
Range: 75–150 mg/d
Start: 25 mg
po 3–4 daily up
to 150 mg/d.
Range: 5–20 mg/d
Schizophrenia:
Start: 5–10 mg po/d
(not to exceed 20
mg/d).
Bipolar:
Start: 10–15 mg/d po
(not to exceed 20
mg/d); IM (acute
agitation): 5–10
mg, may repeat in
2 h/4 h.
Use: Depression
CSE: Drowsiness,
fatigue, blurred
vision, dry
eyes/mouth,
hypotension,
constipation,
ARRYTHMIAS
Use: Schizophre-
nia, psychotic
disorders; bipolar:
Acute mania;
mixed episodes;
long-term
maintenance
CSE: Agitation,
dizziness, seda-
tion, orthostatic
hypotension,
constipation,
weight gain. NMS,
SEIZURES
Susceptible to side
effects: dose:
30–50 mg/d po in
divided doses;
caution w BPH, CV
disease; monitor
ECGs in elderly.
Dosage reduction
may be needed;
reduce dosage for
debilitated or
nonsmoking
females 65: start
at 5 mg/d po.
Caution w CV,
CVA, BPH, hepatic
disease.
mortality in elderly
with dementia-
related psychosis.
Antidepressant
[TCA]
Contraindicated in
narrow-angle
glaucoma.
Potential fatal
reaction with
MAOIs. Monitor
ECGs w heart
disease.
Antipsychotic
Monitor for
treatment-
emergent
diabetes (serum
glucose, BMI),
akathisia, EPS,
NMS; perform
CBCs, LFTs, eye
exams. Monitor
BP, pulse,
respiratory
rate, ECG.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 147
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
148
Olanzapine and
fluoxetine HCl
(Symbax)
Olanzapine
T
1
/
2
21–54 h
Protein binding
93%
Fluoxetine
T
1
/
2
1–3 d
(norfluoxetine:
5–7 d)
Protein binding
94.5%
Oxazepam
(Serax, Apo-
Oxazepam)
T
1
/
2
5–15 h
Protein binding
97%
Dosing options:
6/25, 6/50, 12/25,
12/50 mg/d
Efficacy: fluoxetine
6–12 mg and olan-
zapine 25–50 mg.
Start 6/25 mg once
daily po in
evening.
Range: 30–120 mg/d
Anxiety: 10–30 mg
po 3–4 daily.
Sedative/alcohol
withdrawal: 15–30
mg po 3–4
daily.
Use: Bipolar
depressive
disorder
CSE: Drowsiness,
weight gain, dry
mouth, diarrhea,
increased appetite,
tremor, sore
throat, weakness,
NMS, TD
Use: Anxiety, alcohol
withdrawal
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
hangover,
impaired memory,
blurred vision,
constipation,
nausea
Start with 6/25
mg/d, especially if
hypotensive or
hepatic
impairment or
slow metabolism.
dose: Start 5 mg
po 1–2 daily,
may increase as
needed; caution
w hepatic, severe
COPD disease;
risk for falls.
Antipsychotic/
Antidepressant
Same as olanzapine
and fluoxetine
Antianxiety/Seda-
tive/Hypnotic
Contraindicated:
CNS depression,
coma, narrow-
angle glaucoma,
pregnancy,
lactation.
Caution: Hepatic
dysfunction;
monitor CBCs,
LFTs, avoid
alcohol.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 148
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
149
Paliperidone
(Invega)
Major active
metabolite of
risperidone
Protein binding
74%
Paroxetine
(Paxil,
Paxil CR)
T
1
/
2
24 h
Protein
binding
95%
Range: 3–12 mg/d
Usual dose: 6 mg/d
po extended-
release tab in AM
(once daily
dosing).
Range: 10–60 mg/d;
CR: 12.5–75 mg/d.
Depression: Start
20 mg po q AM,
(may increase by
10 mg/d at weekly
intervals)
CR: Start 25 mg po
once daily, may
increase weekly
by 1.25 mg, up to
62.5 mg/d.
Use: Schizophrenia
CSE: Somnolence,
orthostatic
hypotension,
akathisia, EPS,
parkinsonism
Use: Depression,
panic disorder,
OCD, GAD, PTSD,
PMDD
CSE: Anxiety, dizzi-
ness, drowsiness,
dry mouth,
headache,
insomnia, nausea,
constipation,
diarrhea, weak-
ness, ejaculatory
disturbance,
sweating, tremor
Caution w decreased
renal function;
moderate to severe
renal impairment
(dose: 3 mg/d);
mortality with
dementia-related
psychosis.
dose: start
10 mg/d po, up to
40 mg/d; CR: Start
12.5 mg po daily,
up to 50 mg/d.
Caution w hepatic,
renal Impairment.
Antipsychotic
Causes in QT
interval; avoid
drugs that
prolong QT int.
(e.g., quinidine)
Antidepressant/
Antianxiety [SSRI]
Caution: Hepatic,
renal, seizure
disorders/
pregnancy/
lactation.
Withdrawal
syndrome: Do not
stop abruptly.
Peds/Adol (18–24y):
risk for suicide;
weigh risks vs
benefits; closely
monitor for
suicidality. (See
FDA warning.)
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 149
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
150
Phenobarbi-
tal
(Luminal,
Ancalixir)
T
1
/
2
2–6 d
Pimozide
(Orap)
T
1
/
2
50 h
Protein binding
99%
Range: 30–320 mg/d
Sedation: 30–120
mg/d po/IM
(divided doses)
Hypnotic: 120–320
mg hs (PO, SC, IV,
IM)
Range: 2–10 mg/d
Start 1–2 mg/d po,
increase as
needed every
other day.
Use: Sedative/
hypnotic (short
term)
CSE: Hangover,
drowsiness,
excitation
Use: Tourette’s,
psychosis
CSE: Orthostatic
hypotension,
palpitations, QT
prolongation,
drowsiness,
dizziness, blurred
vision
Use cautiously;
dose; hepatic/
renal disease.
Moderately sedating;
caution in
Parkinsons,
arrhythmias,
cerebrovascular,
cardiovascular
disease; may cause
orthostatic
hypotension.
Sedative/Hypnotic
Life-threatening side
effects:
ANGIOEDEMA,
SERUM SICKNESS,
LARYNGOSPASM
(IV). IV: Monitor BP,
pulse, respiratory
status.
Resuscitation
equipment
available.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated: CNS
depression,
prolonged QT
syndrome,
dysrhythmias.
Caution in
respiratory, CV,
hepatic, renal
disease. Assess for
EPS, TD, akathisia,
NMS.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 150
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
151
Propranolol
(Inderal, Apo-
propranolol)
T
1
/
2
3.4–6 h
Protein binding
93%
Quetiapine
(Seroquel)
T
1
/
2
6 h
[Seroquel XR—
once daily
dosing
available
late 2007]
Tremors: 80–
120 mg/d po (up
to 320 mg/d)
Akathisia: 30–
120 mg/d po
Range: 150–800
mg/d
Schizophrenia: Start
25 mg po 2
daily, gradually
increase to 300-
400/800 mg/d.
Bipolar mania:
Start 100 mg/d po
2 divided doses,
up to 800 mg/d
Use: Essential tremor,
anxiety, akathisia
CSE: Fatigue,
weakness,
impotence,
ARRHYTHMIAS,
BRADYCARDIA,
CHF, PULMONARY
EDEMA
Use: Schizophrenia,
bipolar mania
CSE: Dizziness,
headache,
somnolence,
weight gain, NMS,
SEIZURES
dose (elderly have
increased
sensitivity to beta
blockers); renal,
hepatic, pulmo-
nary disease,
diabetes.
May require dose
reduction; use
cautiously in
Alzheimers, pts
65 y, & hx
seizures.
Warn-
ing: mortality in
elderly with
dementia-related
psychosis.
Also
caution w CV/
hepatic disease.
Antianginal/beta
blocker
Contraindicated:
Heart block, CHF,
bradycardia.
Monitor BP, pulse,
& for orthostatic
hypotension.
Abrupt withdrawal:
life-threatening
arrhythmias.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated:
Lactation. Caution
in CV disease;
cerebrovascular
disease,
dehydration.
Monitor for EPS,
NMS. Monitor BP
(hypotension),
pulse during dose
titration.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 151
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
152
DRUGS A-Z
Ramelteon
(Rozerem)
[melatonin
receptor
agonist]
T
1
/
2
1–2.6 h; M-II
metabolite 2–5 h
Protein binding
82%
Adult dose: 8 mg po
within 30 min of
sleep.
Do not administer
with high-fat
meal.
Use: Insomnia
(difficulty with
sleep onset)
CSE: Somnolence,
dizziness, nausea,
fatigue, headache
FDA warning: Risk of
severe allergic
reaction and
complex sleep-
related behaviors
(e.g., sleep-
driving).
As with any drug
that causes
somnolence and
dizziness, use
with caution.
Hypnotic
Contraindicated:
Severe liver
disease and
fluvoxamine (CYP
1A2 inhibitor).
Interactions with
rifampin and
azole antifungals
(ketoconazole).
Effect on
reproductive
hormones in
adults ( testos-
terone,
prolactin). Avoid
alcohol. In
pregnancy,
benefit must
outweigh risk.
Report: menses,
galactorrhea,
libido, fertility.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 152
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
153
Risperidone
(Risperdal,
Risperdal M-
Tab, Risperdal
Consta)
T
1
/
2
Metabo-
lizers: 3 h
(9-hydroxy-
risperidone,
21 h)
Poor metabo-
lizers: 20 h
(9-hydroxy-
risperidone,
30 h)
Range: 4–12 mg/d
Dosing may be
once/d
( risk of EPS w
dose 6 mg).
Schizophrenia:
Start 1 mg po
2 daily, to 3
mg 2 daily (up
to 16 mg/d). IM:
25 mg q 2 wk,
may 37.5/50 mg.
Bipolar Mania:
2–3 mg/d po
(range:
1–5 mg/d).
Use: Schizophrenia;
bipolar: mania,
acute or mixed;
new indication:
irritability asso-
ciated with autism
CSE: EPS (akathisia),
dizziness, aggres-
sion, insomnia,
sedation, dry
mouth, pharyn-
gitis, cough, visual
disturbances,
itching, skin rash,
constipation,
diarrhea, libido,
weight gain/loss,
NMS
Warning:
mortality in
elderly with
dementia-related
psychosis.
Caution: Renal/
hepatic
disease/CV
disease. Bipolar
mania: Start 0.5
mg po 2 daily,
up to 1.5 mg 2
daily (gradually
increase weekly if
necessary at
small incre-
ments).
Antipsychotic
Caution:
Renal/hepatic
impairment.
Dosing may be
once daily or bid
and increments
should be small
(1 mg). Maximal
effect seen with
4-8 mg/d, and
doses above 6
mg/d not more
efficacious, and
with risk of EPS.
Monitor BP, pulse
during titration:
may cause
tachycardia,
hypotension, QT
prolongation.
Establish oral
dosing tolerance
before using IM.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 153
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
154
Selegiline Patch
(Emsam) [MAOI]
First transdermal
patch delivering
medication
systemically over
24 h period.
Protein binding
90% over a 2-
500 ng/mL
concentration
range.
Range: 6 mg/24 h
to 12 mg/24 h
Recommended
starting and
target dose:
6 mg/24 h.
Use: Major
depressive
disorder
CSE: Mild skin
reaction/
redness at patch
site. D/C if redness
continues for
several hours after
patch removal;
hypotension.
HYPERTENSION
Patients 50 yr and
older at higher
risk for rash.
Antidepressant
With doses above
6 mg/24 h, must
follow MAOI diet
(foods high in
tyramine).
Hypertensive crisis
is an emergency.
Contraindicated:
Amphetamines,
pseudoephedrine,
etc; other selegiline
products (Eldepryl).
Monitor BP, also for
headache, nausea,
stiff neck, palpi-
tations. Close
monitoring of
children for
suicidality. Read
full prescribing
information.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 154
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
155
Sertraline
(Zoloft)
T
1
/
2
24 h
Protein binding
98%
Range: 50–200 mg/d
Depression/OCD:
Start: 50 mg/d po
AM or PM, may
slowly/weekly to
200 mg/d.
Panic disorder: Start:
25 mg/d po, up to
50 mg/d.
PTSD/SAD: Start: 25
mg/d po (to 200
mg/d).
Use: Depression,
panic disorder,
OCD, PTSD, social
anxiety disorder
(SAD), PMDD.
CSE: Drowsiness,
dizziness,
headache, fatigue,
insomnia, nausea,
diarrhea, dry
mouth, sexual
dysfunction,
sweating, tremor.
Caution with
drowsiness,
hepatic/renal
impairment.
Start with
lower dose.
Antidepressant
[SSRI]
Contraindicated:
Concurrent
Pimozide or
MAOIs (serious
fatal reactions),
need 14 d
washout period.
Do not use with
St. John’s wort or
SAMe. Caution:
Hepatic/renal/
pregnancy/
lactation/seizures/
hx mania.
Peds/Adol: May
increase the risk
of suicidal
thinking and
behavior and
must be closely
monitored.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 155
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
156
DRUGS A-Z
Thioridazine
(Mellaril, Mellaril-S,
Apo-thioridazine,
Novo-Ridazine)
T
1
/
2
21–24 h
Protein binding
90%
Range: 150–800
mg/d
Start: 50–100 mg po
tid, increase
gradually up to
800 mg/d.
Use: Schizophrenia
CSE: Sedation,
blurred vision,
dry eyes,
hypotension,
constipation,
dry mouth,
photosensitivity.
NMS,
ARRYTHMIAS
QTC PROLON-
GATION, AGRAN-
ULOCYTOSIS.
Use cautiously, at
risk for EPS/CNS
adverse effects.
risk for falls
(sedation/
dehydration/
hypotension).
Caution with CV
disease, BPH. Be
especially careful
with debilitated
patients.
Antipsychotic
Contraindicated: QTc
interval 450
msec; agents that
prolong QTc
interval; also,
narrow-angle
glaucoma, bone
marrow depres-
sion, severe liver or
cardiovascular
disease. Monitor
BP, pulse, resp, and
ECGs, CBCs, eye
exams. Monitor for
agranulocytosis;
occurs between
4–10 wk of Rx.
Assess for NMS,
TD, akathisia.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 156
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
157
Topiramate
(Topamax)
T
1
/
2
21 h
Range: 50–400 mg/d
(maximum dose:
1600 mg/d)
Start: 50 mg/d po,
increase 50
mg/wk up to
200 mg bid.
Use: Seizures,
migraines
(unlabeled: bipolar,
treatment-resistant)
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
impaired memory/
concentration,
nervousness,
diplopia,
nystagmus, nausea,
weight loss, ataxia,
paresthesias,
INCREASED
SEIZURES, SUICIDE
ATTEMPT
Adjust dose for
renal/hepatic
impairment.
Dosage reduction
recommended if
CCr 70 mL/min/
1.73 m
2
for adults
and geriatric
population.
Anticonvulsant
Contraindicated:
Lactation.
Topiramate has not
been shown to be
as effective as
monotherapy in
bipolar disorder,
may be efficacious
as adjunctive
treatment.
Concomitant use
with valproic acid
associated with
hyperammonemia
(with or without
encephalopathy).
Monitor for
alterations in LOC,
cognitive function,
lethargy, vomiting.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 157
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
158
DRUGS A-Z
Trazodone
(Desyrel, Trialo-
dine, Trazon)
T
1
/
2
5–9 h
Protein binding
89%–95%
Range: 150–400
mg/d
(hospitalized up
to 600 mg/d)
Depression: 50 mg
po tid (150 mg/d),
up to 400 mg/d
(titrate 50 mg
every 4 d).
Insomnia: 25–100
mg hs.
Use: Major
depression.
Unlabeled: Insomnia
CSE: Drowsiness,
hypotension, dry
mouth, PRIAPISM;
may also experience
confusion, dizziness,
insomnia, night-
mares, palpitations,
impotence, myalgia
Reduce dose
initially.
Start:
75 mg/d po in
divided doses,
increase every
4 d; titrate slowly;
caution w CV,
hepatic, renal
disease.
Observe elderly for
drowsiness &
hypotension;
caution about
slow positional
changes.
Antidepressant/
sedative
PRIAPISM
(prolonged
erection): Medical
emergency; avoid
alcohol, concomi-
tant use with
fluoxetine,
opioids, and
drugs that inhibit
and induce the
CYP3A4 enzyme
system; also kava,
valerian ( CNS
depression), St.
John’s wort and
SAMe (serotonin
syndrome).
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 158
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
159
Trihexiphenidyl
(Artane, Artane
Sequels, Apo-
Trihex)
T
1
/
2
3.7 h
Antiparkinson
Contraindicated:
Glaucoma,
thyrotoxicosis,
tachycardia (due
to cardiac
insufficiency),
acute hemor-
rhage.
Alcohol intoler-
ance (Elixir
only).
Additive effects
with anticholin-
ergic drugs and
CNS depres-
sants.
Caution w
elderly: Causes
drowsiness/
dizziness (
risk-adverse
reactions); BPH,
chronic renal,
hepatic, CV,
pulmonary
disease.
Use: Parkinson’s, drug-
induced
parkinsonism
CSE: Dizziness,
nervousness,
drowsiness, blurred
vision, mydriasis,
dry mouth, nausea;
may also experience
orthostatic
hypotension,
tachycardia, and
urinary hesitancy
Range: 6–10 mg/d
(up to 15 mg/d)
Start: 1–2 mg/d po;
by 2 mg every
3–5 d.
Sequels (ER): q 12 h
after dose is
determined w
tabs/elixir.
Monitor for
decreased signs
& symptoms of
parkinsonian
syndrome:
tremors/rigidity.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 159
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
160
DRUGS A-Z
Venlafaxine
(Effexor,
Effexor XR)
T
1
/
2
venlafax-
ine: 3–5 h; O-
desmethylvenla
faxine (ODV)
9–11 h
Range: 75–225
mg/d; do not
exceed 375 mg/d.
Start: 75 mg/d po
(2–3 divided
doses), up to 225
mg/d (divided
doses) (do not
exceed 375 mg/d).
XR: 37.5–75 mg po
once daily; in-
crease q 4 d up
to 225 mg.
Use: Major
depression,
generalized anxiety
disorder (XR) and
social anxiety
disorder (XR)
CSE: Anxiety,
abnormal dreams,
dizziness, insomnia,
nervousness, visual
disturbances,
anorexia, dry
mouth, weight loss,
sexual dysfunction,
ecchymoses
(bruising),
SEIZURES.
Use cautiously
with CV disease
(hypertension);
reduce dose in
renal/hepatic
impairment.
Antidepressant
Caution with pre-
existing
hypertension.
Monitor blood
pressure (risk of
sustained
hypertension
[treatment
emergent]); may
be dose-related.
Concurrent MAOI
therapy
contraindicated.
Avoid alcohol/CNS
depressants.
Possible serotonin
syndrome with
SAMe, St. Johns
wort. Hepatic
impairment:
dose by 50%.
Renal impairment:
dose by
25%–50%.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 160
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
DRUGS A-Z
161
Zalephon
(Sonata)
T
1
/
2
Unknown
Ziprasidone
(Geodon)
T
1
/
2
po 7h;
IM 2–5 h
Range: 5–20 mg
hs
Usual: 10 mg po hs.
Use no longer
than 7–10 d.
Range: 40–160 mg/d
Schizophrenia:
Start: 20 mg po
bid, up to 80 mg
bid.
Mania: Start: 40 mg
po bid, up to 80
mg bid; IM: 10–20
mg prn (up to
40 mg/d).
Use: Short-term
insomnia, unable to
initiate sleep
CSE: Drowsiness,
dizziness, anxiety,
amnesia
(See FDA Warning)
Use: Schizophrenia,
bipolar (manic and
mixed), IM: acute
agitation
CSE: Dizziness,
drowsiness,
restlessness,
nausea,
constipation,
diarrhea,
PROLONGED QT
INTERVAL, NMS
Lower dose: Start at
5 mg hs, to maxi-
mum of 10 mg po
hs. Caution: Mild/
moderate hepatic
impairment.
Dose in elderly.
Contraindicated: QT
prolongation,
caution w CV/
hepatic disease
and CV drugs;
65 y;
Alzheimers
dementia. Risk of
falls.
Warning: mortality
in elderly with
dementia-related
psychosis.
Sedative/hypnotic
Contraindicated:
Severe hepatic
impairment.
Avoid other CNS
depressants
(alcohol, opioids,
kava).
Antipsychotic
Persistent QTc
measurements
500: D/C
ziprasidone.
Evaluate
palpitations,
syncope. Agents
(pimozide) that
prolong QT
interval are
contrainidicated.
Avoid CNS
depressants.
Monitor BP,
pulse, ECG, and
for EPS, NMS,
and TD.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 161
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
162
DRUGS A-Z
Zolpidem
(Ambien,
Ambien CR)
T
1
/
2
2.5–2.6 h
ALERT: Refer to the Physicians Desk Reference or product insert (prescribing information)
for complete and current drug information (dosages, warnings, indications, adverse effects, interactions,
etc.) needed to make appropriate choices in the treatment of clients before administering any
medications. Although every effort has been made to provide key information about medications and
classes of drugs, such information is not and cannot be all-inclusive in a reference of this nature and
should not be used for prescribing or administering of medications. Professional judgment, training,
supervision, relevant references, and “current” drug information are critical to the appropriate selection,
evaluation, and use of drugs, as well as the monitoring and management of clients and their
medications.
FDA WARNINGS (2007): The US Food and Drug Administration wants all makers of antidepressants to
include warnings about increased risk for suicidality in young adults ages 18-24 during initial treatment.
The FDA also wants all manufacturers of sedatives-hypnotics to warn about possible severe allergic
reactions as well as complex-sleep related behaviors, such as sleep-driving.
Range: 5–10 mg hs
Usual: 10 mg po hs;
CR: 12.5 mg
po hs.
Use: Insomnia
CSE: Amnesia,
daytime drowsiness,
“drugged” feeling,
diarrhea, physical/
psychological
dependence (See
FDA warning 2007)
Initial dose;
geriatric or
hepatic disease:
Start: 5 mg po hs,
may increase to
10 mg; CR: 6.25
mg po hs.
Sedative/hypnotic
Caution in alcohol
abuse and avoid
use with CNS
depressants. For
short-term
treatment of
insomnia; after 2
wk avoid abrupt
withdrawal.
Psychotropic Drugs A – Z (Alphabetical Listing)
Dose Range/ Use/Common Geriatric Classification
Generic Adult Daily Side Effects & Dose
Assessment
(Trade) Dose (CSE) Considerations Cautions
05Pederson (F)-05 6/25/07 8:45 PM Page 162
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
163
Crisis/Suicide/Grief/Abuse
Abuse, Child (Physical/Sexual), Signs of 169
Abuse, Other Kinds 170
Abuse, Victims of 168
Anger Escalation, Signs of 164
Anger, Early Signs 163
Assaultive Behaviors, Prevention/Management 163
Crisis Intervention 163
Death and Dying/Grief 167
Incest 170
Safety Plan (to Escape Abuser) 168
Suicide 164
Suicide Assessment 165
Suicide Interventions 166
Suicide, Groups at Risk 165
Terrorism/Disasters 166
Crisis Intervention
Phases
I. Assessment What caused the crisis, and what are the individual’s
responses to it?
II. Planning intervention – Explore individual’s strengths, weaknesses,
support systems, and coping skills in dealing with the crisis.
III. Intervention – Establish relationship, help understand event and explore
feelings, and explore alternative coping strategies.
IV. Evaluation/reaffirmation – Evaluate outcomes/Plan for future/Evaluate
need for follow-up (Aguilera, 1998).
Prevention/Management of Assaultive Behaviors
Assessment of signs of anger is very important in prevention and in
intervening before anger escalates to assault/violence.
Early Signs of Anger
Muscular tension: clenched fist
Face: furled brow, glaring eyes, tense mouth, clenched teeth, flushed face
Voice: raised or lowered
If anger is not identified and recognized at the preassaultive tension state,
it can progress to aggressive behavior.
CRISIS
(Continued on following page)
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 163
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
164
Anger Management Techniques
Remain calm
Help client recognize anger
Find an outlet: verbal (talking) or physical (exercise)
Help client accept angry feelings; not acceptable to act on them
Do not touch an angry client
Medication may be needed
Signs of Anger Escalation
Verbal/physical threats
Pacing/appears agitated
Throwing objects
Appears suspicious/disproportionate anger
Acts of violence/hitting
Anger Management Techniques
Speak in short command sentences: Joe, calm down.
Never allow yourself to be cornered with an angry client; always have
an escape route (open door behind you)
Request assistance of other staff
Medication may be needed; offer voluntarily first
Restraints and/or seclusion may be needed (see Use of Restraints
in Basics tab)
Continue to assess/reassess (ongoing)
When stabilized, help client identify early signs/triggers of anger
and alternatives to prevent future anger/escalation
Suicide
Risk Factors Include:
Mood disorders such as depression and bipolar disorder
Substance abuse (dual diagnosis)
Previous suicide attempt
Loss – marital partner, partner, close relationship, job, health
Expressed hopelessness or helplessness (does not see a future)
Impulsivity/aggressiveness
Family suicides, significant other or friend/peer suicide
Isolation (lives alone/few friends, support relationships)
Stressful life event
Previous or current abuse (emotional/physical/sexual)
Sexual identity crisis/conflict
Available lethal method, such as a gun
Legal issues/incarceration (USPHS, HHS 1999)
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 164
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
165
Suicide Assessment
Hopelessness – a key element; client is unable to see a future or self in
that future.
Speaks of suicide (suicidal ideation) – important to ask client if he/she has
thoughts of suicide; if so, should be considered suicidal.
Plan – client is able to provide an exact method for ending life; must take
seriously and consider immediacy of act.
Giving away possessions – any actions such as giving away possessions,
putting affairs in order (recent will), connecting anew with old
friends/family members as a final goodbye.
Auditory hallucinations – commanding client to kill self.
Lack of support network – isolation, few friends or withdrawing from
friends/support network.
Alcohol/other substance abuse – drinking alone.
Previous suicide attempt or family history of suicide.
Precipitating event – death of a loved one; loss of a job, especially long-
term job; holidays; tragedy; disaster.
Media – suicide of a famous personality or local teenager (Rakel 2000).
CLINICAL PEARL – Do not confuse self-injurious behavior (cutting) with
suicide attempts, although those who repeatedly cut themselves to relieve
emotional pain could also attempt suicide. “Cutters” may want to stop
cutting self but find stopping difficult, as this has become a pattern of
stress reduction.
Groups at Risk for Suicide
Elderly – especially those who are isolated, widowed; multiple losses,
including friends/peers.
Males – especially widowed and without close friends; sole emotional
support came from marriage partner who is now deceased.
Adolescents and young adults.
Serious/terminal illness – not all terminally ill clients are suicidal, but
should be considered in those who become depressed or hopeless.
Mood disorders – depression and especially bipolar; always observe and
assess those receiving treatment for depression, as suicide attempt may
take place with improvement of depressive symptoms (client has the
energy to commit suicide).
Schizophrenia – newly diagnosed schizophrenics and those with
command hallucinations.
Substance abusers – especially with a mental disorder.
Stress and loss – stressful situations and loss can trigger a suicide
attempt, especially multiple stressors and losses or a significant loss.
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 165
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
166
Suicide Interventions
Effective assessment and knowledge of risk factors
Observation and safe environment (no “sharps”)
Psychopharmacology, especially the selected serotonin reuptake inhibitors
(SSRIs) (children, adolescents, and young adults on SSRIs need to be
closely monitored)
Identification of triggers; educating client as to triggers to seek help
early on
Substance abuse treatment; treatment of pain disorders
Psychotherapy/cognitive behavioral therapy/electroconvulsive therapy
Treatment of medical disorders (thyroid/cancer)
Increased activity if able
Support network/family involvement
Involvement in outside activities/avoid isolation – join outside groups,
bereavement groups, organizations, care for a pet
Client and family education
Elder Suicide (see Geriatric tab)
Terrorism/Disasters
With the increase in worldwide terrorism and natural disasters, health-care
professionals need to increase their knowledge and awareness of the effects
of psychological damage on individuals and communities affected by these
disasters. In large-scale disasters, loss can involve individual homes/lives as
well as whole communities (neighborhoods). Neighbors and friends may be
lost as well as reliable and familiar places and supports (neighborhoods,
towns, rescue services).
With terrorism and war, loss may involve body parts (self-image) and a
sense of trust and safety. Previous beliefs may be challenged. Individuals
may experience shock, disorientation, anger, withdrawal, to name a few
feelings/responses. Peoples ability to experience these disasters almost
immediately through the media can result in vicarious traumatization. The
long-term effects on both individuals and future generations cannot be
underestimated, and all health-care professionals need to familiarize
themselves with disaster and terrorism preparedness. The psychological
effects cannot be minimized, and mental health (and all health-care)
professionals need to recognize the signs of post-traumatic stress disorder,
acute stress disorder, substance abuse, suicide, and grief. (See Posttraumatic
Stress Disorder and Substance Use Disorders in the Disorders-Interventions
tab; see also Suicide Assessment, Stages of Death and Dying, and
Complicated Versus Uncomplicated Grief below)
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 166
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
167
Death and Dying/Grief
Stages of Death and Dying (Kübler-Ross)
1. Denial and isolation – usually temporary state of being unable to accept
the possibility of one’s death or that of a loved one.
2. Anger – replacement of temporary “stage one” with the reality that death
is possible/going to happen. This is the realization that the future
(plans/hopes) will have an end; a realization of the finality of the self. May
fight/argue with health-care workers/push family/friends away.
3. Bargaining – seeks one last hope or possibility; enters an agreement or
pact with God for one last time or event” to take place before death. (Let
me live to see my grandchild born or my child graduate from college.)
4. Depression – after time, loss, pain, the person realizes that the situation and
course of illness will not improve; necessary stage to reach acceptance.
5. Acceptance – after working/passing through the previous stages, the
person finally accepts what is going to happen; this is not resignation
(giving up) or denying and fighting to the very end: it is a stage that
allows for peace and dignity (Kübler-Ross 1997).
Complicated Versus Uncomplicated Grief
Complicated Grief Uncomplicated Grief
Excessive in duration (may be
delayed reaction or compounded
by losses [multiple losses]); usually
longer than 3 – 6 mo
Disabling symptoms, morbid preoc-
cupation with deceased/physical
symptoms
Substance abuse, increased
alcohol intake
Risk factors: limbo states (missing
person), ambivalent relationship,
multiple losses; long-term partner
(sole dependency); no social
network; history of depression
Suicidal thoughts – may want to
join the deceased
CRISIS
Follows a major loss
Depression perceived as normal
Self-esteem intact
Guilt specific to lost one (should
have telephoned more)
Distress usually resolves within
12 wk (though mourning can
continue for 1 or more years)
Suicidal thoughts transient or
unusual (Shader 2003)
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 167
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
168
Victims of Abuse
Cycle of Battering
Phase I. Tension Building – Anger with little provocation; minor battering and
excuses. Tension mounts and victim tries to placate. (Victim assumes
guilt: I deserve to be abused.)
Phase II. Acute Battering – Most violent, up to 24 hours. Beating may be
severe, and victim may provoke to get it over. Minimized by abuser. Help
sought by victim if life-threatening or fear for children.
Phase III. Calm, Loving, Respite – Batterer is loving, kind, contrite. Fear of
victim leaving. Lesson taught, and now batterer believes victim
“understands.
Victim believes batterer can change, and batterer uses guilt. Victim
believes this (calm/loving in phase III) is what batterer is really like. Victim
hopes the previous phases will not repeat themselves.
Victim stays because of fear for life (batterer threatens more, and self-
esteem lowers), society values marriage, divorce is viewed negatively,
financial dependence.
Starts all over again – dangerous, and victim often killed (Walker 1979).
Be aware that victims (of batterers) can be wives, husbands, intimate
partners (female/female, male/male, male/female), and pregnant women.
Safety Plan (to Escape Abuser)
Doors, windows, elevators – rehearse exit plan.
Have a place to go – friends, relatives, motel – where you will be and feel
safe.
Survival kit – pack and include money (cab); change of clothes; identifying
info (passports, birth certificate); legal documents, including protection
orders; address books; jewelry; important papers.
Start an individual checking/savings account.
Always have a safe exit – do not argue in areas with no exit.
Legal rights/domestic hotlines – know how to contact abuse/legal/
domestic hotlines (see Web sites).
Review safety plan consistently (monthly) (Reno 2004).
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 168
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
169
Signs of Child Abuse (Physical/Sexual)
Physical Abuse Sexual Abuse
Pattern of bruises/welts
Burns (e.g., from cigarettes,
scalds)
Lesions resembling bites or
fingernail marks
Unexplained fractures or
dislocations, especially in child
younger than 3 y
Areas of baldness from hair
pulling
Injuries in various stages of
healing
Other injuries or untreated illness,
unrelated to present injury
X-rays revealing old fractures
Signs Common to Both
Signs of “failure to thrive”
syndrome
Details of injury changing
from person to person
History inconsistent with
developmental stages
Parent blaming child or
sibling for injury
Parental anger toward
child for injury
Parental hostility toward
health-care workers
Adapted from Myers RNotes 2e, 2006, page 156, with permission.
Child Abuser Characteristics
Characteristics associated with those who may be child abusers:
In a stressful situation, such as unemployed
Poor coping strategies; may be suspicious or lose temper easily
CRISIS
Signs of genital irritation, such as
pain or itching
Bruised or bleeding genitalia
Enlarged vaginal or rectal orifice
Stains and/or blood on underwear
Unusual sexual behavior
Exaggeration or absence of
emotional response from parent
regarding child’s injury
Parent not providing child with
comfort
Toddler or preschooler not
protesting parent’s leaving
Child showing preference for
health-care worker over parent
(Continued on following page)
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 169
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
170
Isolated; few support systems or none
Do not understand needs of children, basic care, or child development
Expect child perfection, and child behavior blown out of proportion
(Murray & Zentner 1997)
Incest
Often a father-daughter relationship (biological/stepfather) but can be father-
son as well as mother-son.
Child is made to feel special (It is our special secret); gifts given.
Favoritism (becomes intimate friend/sex partner replacing mother/other
parent).
Serious boundary violations and no safe place for child (child’s bedroom
usually used).
May be threats if child tells about the sexual activities (Christianson &
Blake 1990).
Signs of Incest
Low self-esteem, sexual acting out, mood changes, sudden poor
performance in school
Parent spends inordinate amount of time with child, especially in room
or late at night; very attentive to child
Child is apprehensive (fearing sexual act/retaliation)
Alcohol and drugs may be used (Christianson & Blake 1990)
ALERT: All child abuse (physical/sexual/emotional) or child neglect must be
reported.
Elder Abuse (see Geriatric Tab)
Other Kinds of Abuse
Emotional Neglect – parental/caretaker behaviors include:
Ignoring child
Ignoring needs (social, educational, developmental)
Rebuffing child’s attempts at establishing interactions that are
meaningful
Little to no positive reinforcement (KCAPC 1992)
Emotional Injury – results in serious impairment in child’s functioning on
all levels.
Treatment of child is harsh, with cruel and negative comments,
belittling child
Child may behave immaturely, with inappropriate behaviors for age
Child demonstrates anxiety, fearfulness, sleep disturbances
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 170
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
171
Child shows inappropriate affect, self-destructive behaviors
Child may isolate, steal, cheat, as indication of emotional injury (KCAPC
1992)
Male Sexual Abuse – Males are also sexually abused by mothers, fathers,
uncles, pedophiles, and others in authority (coach, teacher, minister,
priest)
Suffer from depression, shame, blame, guilt, and other effects of child
sexual abuse
Issues related to masculinity, isolation, and struggles with seeking or
receiving help
CRISIS
06Pederson (F)-06 6/25/07 7:51 PM Page 171
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
172
Geriatric/Elderly
Age-Related Changes and Their Implications 172
Disorders of Late Life 173
Elder Abuse – Behavioral Signs 175
Elder Abuse – Medical and Psychiatric History 175
Elder Abuse – Physical Signs 175
Elder Abuse 175
Elder Suicide 176
Elder Suicide – Warning Signs 176
Geriatric Assessment 172
Pharmacokinetics in the Elderly 174
Geriatric Assessment
Key Points
Be mindful that the elderly client may be hard of hearing, but do not
assume that all elderly are hard of hearing.
Approach and speak to elderly clients as you would any other adult client.
It is insulting to speak to the elderly client as if he/she were a child.
Eye contact helps instill confidence and, in the presence of impaired
hearing, will help the client to better understand you.
Be aware that both decreased tactile sensation and ROM are normal
changes with aging. Care should be taken to avoid unnecessary
discomfort or even injury during a physical exam/assessment.
Be aware of generational differences, especially gender differences
(i.e., modesty for women, independence for men).
Assess for altered mental states.
Dementia: Cognitive deficits (memory, reasoning, judgment, etc.)
Delirium: Confusion/excitement marked by disorientation to time and
place, usually accompanied by illusions and/or hallucinations
Depression: Diminished interest or pleasure in most/all activities
Age-Related Changes and Their Implications
Decreased skin thickness
Decreased skin vascularity
Loss of subcutaneous tissue
Elderly clients are more prone to skin
breakdown
Altered thermoregulation response can
put elderly at risk for heatstroke
Decreased insulation can put elderly at
risk for hypothermia
GERI
07Pederson (F)-07 6/25/07 8:05 PM Page 172
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
GERI
173
Age-Related Changes and Their Implications (Continued)
Decreased aortic elasticity
Calcification of thoracic wall
Loss of nerve fibers/neurons
Decreased nerve conduction
Reduced tactile sensation
From Myers, RNotes, 2e, 2006, p.96, with permission
Disorders of Late Life
Dementia – Dementia of the Alzheimer’s type (AD), dementia with Lewy
bodies, vascular and other dementias, delirium, and amnestic disorder
(see Delirium, Dementia, and Amnestic Disorders in the Disorders-
Interventions tab).
Geriatric depression – Depression in old age is often assumed to be
normal; however, depression at any age is not normal and needs to be
diagnosed and treated. Factors can include:
Physical and cognitive decline
Loss of function/self-sufficiency
Loss of marriage partner, friends (narrowing support group), isolation
The elderly may have many somatic complaints (head hurts, stomach
upsets) that mask the depression (Chenitz 1991) (see Geriatric
Depression Scale in Assessment tab).
Pseudodementia – Cognitive difficulty that is actually caused by
depression but may be mistaken for dementia.
Need to consider and rule out dementia (Mini-Mental State
Examination) and actually differentiate from depression (Geriatric
Depression Scale)
Can be depressed with cognitive deficits as well
Late-onset schizophrenia – Presents later in life, after age 60 y.
Psychotic episodes (delusions or hallucinations) may be overlooked
(schizophrenia is considered to be a young-adult disease)
Organic brain disease should be considered as part of the differential
diagnosis
Produces increased diastolic blood pressure
Obscures heart and lung sounds and
displaces apical pulse
The elderly client needs extra time to learn
and comprehend and to perform certain
tasks
Response to pain is altered
Puts client at risk for accidental self-injury
(Continued on following page)
07Pederson (F)-07 6/25/07 8:05 PM Page 173
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
GERI
174
Decreased intestinal motility
Diminished blood flow to
the gut
Decreased body water
Increased percentage of
body fat
Decreased amount of
plasma proteins
Decreased lean body mass
Decreased blood flow to
liver
Diminished liver function
Delayed peak effect
Delayed signs/symptoms
of toxic effects
Increased serum
concentration of water-
soluble drugs
Increased half-life of fat-
soluble drugs
Increased amount of
active drug
Increased drug
concentration
Decreased rate of drug
clearance by liver
Increased accumulation
of some drugs
Characteristics of Late-Onset Schizophrenia
Delusions of persecution common, hallucinations prominent; “partition”
delusion (people/objects pass through barriers and enter home) common;
rare in early onset.
Sensory deficits – often auditory/visual impairments
May have been previously paranoid, reclusive, yet functioned otherwise
Lives alone/isolated/unmarried
Negative symptoms/thought disorder rare
More common in women (early onset: equally common) (Lubman &
Castle 2002)
Psychotropic Drugs – Geriatric Considerations
(See Drugs A–Z tab for geriatric considerations; and the Elderly and
Medications [Drugs/Labs tab].)
Pharmacokinetics in the Elderly
Pharmacokinetics is the way that a drug is absorbed, distributed and used,
metabolized, and excreted by the body. Age-related physiological changes
affect body systems, altering pharmacokinetics and increasing or altering a
drug’s effect.
Physiological Effect on Change Pharmacokinetics
Absorption
Distribution
Metabolism
07Pederson (F)-07 6/25/07 8:05 PM Page 174
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
GERI
175
Physiological Effect on Change Pharmacokinetics
Excretion
From Myers, RNotes, 2e, 2006, p. 97, with permission
Elder Abuse
There are many types of elder abuse, which include:
Elder neglect (lack of care by omission or commission)
Psychological or emotional abuse (verbal assaults, insults, threats)
Physical (physical injury, pain, drugs, restraints)
Sexual abuse (nonconsensual sex: rape, sodomy)
Financial abuse (misuse of resources: social security, property)
Self-neglect (elder cannot provide appropriate self care)
Elder Abuse – Physical Signs
Hematomas, welts, bites, burns, bruises, and pressure sores
Fractures (various stages of healing), contractures
Rashes, fecal impaction
Weight loss, dehydration, substandard personal hygiene
Broken dentures, hearing aids, other devices; poor oral hygiene; traumatic
alopecia; subconjunctival hemorrhage
Elder Abuse – Behavioral Signs
Caregiver
Caregiver insistence on being present during entire appointment
Answers for client
Caregiver expresses indifference or anger, not offering assistance
Caregiver does not visit hospitalized client
Elder
Hesitation to be open, appearing fearful, poor eye contact, ashamed,
baby talk
Paranoia, anxiety, anger, low self-esteem
Physical signs: contractures, inconsistent medication regimen
(subtherapeutic levels), malnutrition, poor hygiene, dehydration
Financial: signed over power of attorney (unwillingly), possessions gone,
lack of money
Elder Abuse – Medical and Psychiatric History
Mental health/psychiatric interview
Assess for depression, anxiety, alcohol (substance) abuse, insomnia
Functional independence/dependence
Cognitive impairment (Stiles et al. 2002)
ALERT: All elder abuse must be reported.
Diminished kidney function
Decreased creatinine
clearance
Increased accumulation of
drugs excreted by kidney
07Pederson (F)-07 6/25/07 8:05 PM Page 175
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
GERI
176
Elder Suicide
Warning Signs
Failed suicide attempt
Indirect clues – stockpiling medications; purchasing a gun; putting affairs
in order; making/changing a will; donating body to science; giving
possessions/money away; relationship, social downturns; recent
appointment with a physician
Situational clues – recent move, death of spouse/friend/child
Symptoms – depression, insomnia, agitation, others
Elder Profile for Potential Suicide
Male gender
White
Divorced or widowed
Lives alone, isolated, moved recently
Unemployed, retired
Poor health, pain, multiple illnesses, terminal
Depressed, substance abuser, hopeless
Family history of suicide, depression, substance abuse; harsh parenting,
early trauma in childhood
Wish to end hopeless, intolerable situation
Lethal means: guns, stockpiled sedatives/hypnotics
Previous attempt
Not inclined to reach out; often somatic complaints
Suspected Elder Suicidality
Ask direct questions:
Are you so down you see no point in going on? (If answer is yes, explore
further: Tell me more)
Have you (ever) thought of killing yourself? ( When? What stopped you?)
How often do you have these thoughts?
How would you kill yourself? (Lethality plan) (Holkup 2002)
Gather information – keep communication open in a nonjudgmental way;
do not minimize or offer advice in this situation
07Pederson (F)-07 6/25/07 8:05 PM Page 176
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
177
Tools/References/Index
Abbreviations 179
Assessment Tools 180
Community Resources/Phone Numbers 177
DSM-IV-TR Classification: Axes I and II Categories and Codes 180
Nursing Diagnoses (NANDA): Accepted for Use and Research
(2007–2008) 196
Nursing Diagnoses (NANDA), Assigning to Client Behaviors 194
Psychiatric Terminology (Glossary) 201
References 215
Index 223
Community Resources/Phone Numbers
Name/Program Phone Number
Sexual and Physical Abuse
Substance Abuse
Communicable Disease (AIDs/Hepatitis)
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 177
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
178
Homeless Shelters
Child/Adolescent Hotlines
Suicide Hotlines
Hospitals (Medical/Psychiatric)
Other
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 178
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
179
Abbreviations
AD Dementia of Alzheimers
type
ADHD Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder
AE Adverse event
AIMS Abnormal Involuntary
Movement Scale
BAI Beck Anxiety Inventory
BDI Beck Depression Inventory
BP Blood pressure
BPD Borderline personality
disorder
BPH Benign prostatic
hypertrophy
CBC Complete blood count
CBT Cognitive behavioral
therapy
CHF Congestive heart failure
CK Creatine kinase
CNS Central nervous system
COPD Chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease
CT scan Computed tomography
scan
CV Cardiovascular
DBT Dialectical behavioral
therapy
d/c Discontinue
ECA Epidemiologic Catchment
Area Survey
ECG Electrocardiogram
ECT Electroconvulsive therapy
EMDR Eye movement desen-
sitization and reprocessing
EPS Extrapyramidal symptoms
FBS Fasting blood sugar
GABA Gamma-aminobutyric acid
GAD Generalized anxiety disorder
GDS Geriatric Depression Scale
Hx History
LFTs Liver function tests
IM Intramuscular
IV Intravenous
kg Kilogram
L Liter
MAOI Monoamine oxidase inhibitor
MCV Mean corpuscular volume
MDD Major depressive disorder
g Microgram
mEq Milliequivalent
MH Mental health
mL Milliliter
MMSE Mini-Mental State Exam
MRI Magnetic resonance imaging
MSE Mental Status Exam
NAMI National Association for the
Mentally Ill
NE Norepinephrine
NMS Neuroleptic malignant
syndrome
OCD Obsessive-compulsive
disorder
OCPD Obsessive-compulsive
personality disorder
OTC Over the counter
PANSS Positive and Negative
Syndrome Scale
(Continued on following page)
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 179
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
180
SSRI Selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitor
T
1/2
Drug’s half-life
TCA Tricyclic antidepressant
TFT Thyroid function test
TIA Transient ischemic attack
TPR Temperature, pulse,
respiration
UA Urinalysis
UTI Urinary tract infection
PCOS Polycystic Ovarian
Syndrome
PMDD Premenstrual
dysphoric disorder
PTSD Posttraumatic stress
disorder
SMAST Short Michigan
Alcohol Screening Test
SNRI Serotonin-norepinephrine
reuptake inhibitor
Assessment Tools
See Assessment Tab for the following tools/rating scales:
Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS)
CAGE Screening Questionnaire
Depression-Arkansas Scale (D-ARK scale)
DSM-IV Multiaxial Assessment Tool
Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS)
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF) Scale
Ethnocultural Assessment Tool
Mental Status Assessment Tool
Psychiatric History and Assessment Tool
Short Michigan Alcohol Screening Test (SMAST)
Substance History and Assessment
DSM-IV-TR Classification: Axes I and II Categories and Codes
DISORDERS USUALLY FIRST DIAGNOSED IN INFANCY, CHILDHOOD, OR
ADOLESCENCE
Mental Retardation
NOTE: These are coded on Axis II.
317 Mild Mental Retardation
318.0 Moderate Retardation
318.1 Severe Retardation
318.2 Profound Mental Retardation
319 Mental Retardation, Severity Unspecified
Learning Disorders
315.00 Reading Disorder
315.1 Mathematics Disorder
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 180
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
181
315.2 Disorder of Written Expression
315.9 Learning Disorder Not Otherwise Specified (NOS)
Motor Skills Disorder
315.4 Developmental Coordination Disorder
Communication Disorders
315.31 Expressive Language Disorder
315.32 Mixed Receptive-Expressive Language Disorder
315.39 Phonological Disorder
307.0 Stuttering
307.9 Communication Disorder NOS
Pervasive Developmental Disorders
299.00 Autistic Disorder
299.80 Rett’s Disorder
299.10 Childhood Disintegrative Disorder
299.80 Aspergers Disorder
299.80 Pervasive Developmental Disorder NOS
Attention-Deficit and Disruptive Behavior Disorders
314.xx Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
314.01 Combined Type
314.00 Predominantly Inattentive Type
314.01 Predominantly Hyperactive-Impulsive Type
314.9 Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder NOS
312.xx Conduct Disorder
.81 Childhood-Onset Type
.82 Adolescent-Onset Type
.89 Unspecified Onset
313.81 Oppositional Defiant Disorder
312.9 Disruptive Behavior Disorder NOS
Feeding and Eating Disorders of Infancy or Early Childhood
307.52 Pica
307.53 Rumination Disorder
307.59 Feeding Disorder of Infancy or Early Childhood
Tic Disorders
307.23 Tourette’s Disorder
307.22 Chronic Motor or Vocal Tic Disorder
307.21 Transient Tic Disorder
307.20 Tic Disorder NOS
Elimination Disorders
–––.— Encopresis
787.6 With Constipation and Overflow Incontinence
307.7 Without Constipation and Overflow Incontinence
307.6 Enuresis (Not Due to a General Medical Condition)
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 181
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
182
Other Disorders of Infancy, Childhood, or Adolescence
309.21 Separation Anxiety Disorder
313.23 Selective Mutism
313.89 Reactive Attachment Disorder of Infancy or Early Childhood
307.3 Stereotypic Movement Disorder
313.9 Disorder of Infancy, Childhood, or Adolescence NOS
DELIRIUM, DEMENTIA, AND AMNESTIC AND OTHER COGNITIVE DISORDERS
Delirium
293.0 Delirium Due to…(Indicate the general medical condition)
–––.— Substance Intoxication Delirium (refer to Substance-Related Disorders
for substance-specific codes)
–––.— Substance Withdrawal Delirium (refer to Substance-Related Disorders
for substance-specific codes)
–––.— Delirium Due to Multiple Etiologies (code each of the specific
etiologies)
780.09 Delirium NOS
Dementia
294.xx* Dementia of the Alzheimers Type, With Early Onset
.10 Without Behavioral Disturbance
.11 With Behavioral Disturbance
294.xx* Dementia of the Alzheimers Type, With Late Onset
.10 Without Behavioral Disturbance
.11 With Behavioral Disturbance
290.xx Vascular Dementia
.40 Uncomplicated
.41 With Delirium
.42 With Delusions
.43 With Depressed Mood
294.1x* Dementia Due to HIV Disease
294.1x* Dementia Due to Head Trauma
294.1x* Dementia Due to Parkinsons Disease
294.1x* Dementia Due to Huntington’s Disease
294.1x* Dementia Due to Pick’s Disease
294.1x* Dementia Due to Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
294.1x* Dementia Due to (indicate the general medical condition not listed
above)
––– .— Substance-Induced Persisting Dementia (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
––– .— Dementia Due to Multiple Etiologies (code each of the specific
etiologies)
294.8 Dementia NOS
*Also add ICD–9–CM codes valid after October 1, 2000 on Axis Ill for these
disorders.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 182
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
183
Amnestic Disorders
294.0 Amnestic Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
–––.— Substance-Induced Persisting Amnestic Disorder (refer to Substance-
Related Disorders for substance-specific codes)
294.8 Amnestic Disorder NOS
Other Cognitive Disorders
294.9 Cognitive Disorder NOS
MENTAL DISORDERS DUE TO A GENERAL MEDICAL CONDITION NOT
ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED
293.89 Catatonic Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
310.1 Personality Change Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
293.9 Mental Disorder NOS Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
SUBSTANCE-RELATED DISORDERS
Alcohol-Related Disorders
Alcohol Use Disorders
303.90 Alcohol Dependence
305.00 Alcohol Abuse
Alcohol-Induced Disorders
303.00 Alcohol Intoxication
291.81 Alcohol Withdrawal
291.0 Alcohol Intoxication Delirium
291.0 Alcohol Withdrawal Delirium
291.2 Alcohol-Induced Persisting Dementia
291.1 Alcohol-Induced Persisting Amnestic Disorder
291.x Alcohol-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.5 With Delusions
.3 With Hallucinations
291.89 Alcohol-Induced Mood Disorder
291.89 Alcohol-Induced Anxiety Disorder
291.89 Alcohol-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
291.89 Alcohol-Induced Sleep Disorder
291.9 Alcohol-Related Disorder NOS
Amphetamine (or Amphetamine-like)-Related Disorders
Amphetamine Use Disorders
304.40 Amphetamine Dependence
305.70 Amphetamine Abuse
Amphetamine-Induced Disorders
292.89 Amphetamine Intoxication
292.0 Amphetamine Withdrawal
292.81 Amphetamine Intoxication Delirium
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 183
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
184
292.xx Amphetamine-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Amphetamine-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Amphetamine-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.89 Amphetamine-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
292.89 Amphetamine-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Amphetamine-Related Disorder NOS
Caffeine-Related Disorders
Caffeine-Induced Disorders
305.90 Caffeine Intoxication
292.89 Caffeine-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.89 Caffeine-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Caffeine-Related Disorder NOS
Cannabis-Related Disorders
Cannabis Use Disorders
304.30 Cannabis Dependence
305.20 Cannabis Abuse
Cannabis-Induced Disorders
292.89 Cannabis Intoxication
292.81 Cannabis Intoxication Delirium
292.xx Cannabis-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.89 Cannabis-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.9 Cannabis-Related Disorder NOS
Cocaine-Related Disorders
Cocaine Use Disorders
304.20 Cocaine Dependence
305.60 Cocaine Abuse
Cocaine-Induced Disorders
292.89 Cocaine Intoxication
292.0 Cocaine Withdrawal
292.81 Cocaine Intoxication Delirium
292.xx Cocaine-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Cocaine-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Cocaine-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.89 Cocaine-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
292.89 Cocaine-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Cocaine-Related Disorder NOS
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 184
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
185
Hallucinogen-Related Disorders
Hallucinogen Use Disorders
304.50 Hallucinogen Dependence
305.30 Hallucinogen Abuse
Hallucinogen-Induced Disorders
292.89 Hallucinogen Intoxication
292.89 Hallucinogen Persisting Perception Disorder (Flashbacks)
292.81 Hallucinogen Intoxication Delirium
292.xx Hallucinogen-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Hallucinogen-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Hallucinogen-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.9 Hallucinogen-Related Disorder NOS
Inhalant-Related Disorders
Inhalant Use Disorders
304.60 Inhalant Dependence
305.90 Inhalant Abuse
Inhalant-Induced Disorders
292.89 Inhalant Intoxication
292.81 Inhalant Intoxication Delirium
292.82 Inhalant-Induced Persisting Dementia
292.xx Inhalant-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Inhalant-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Inhalant-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.9 Inhalant-Related Disorder NOS
Nicotine-Related Disorders
Nicotine Use Disorders
305.1 Nicotine Dependence
Nicotine-Induced Disorders
292.0 Nicotine Withdrawal
292.9 Nicotine-Related Disorder NOS
Opioid-Related Disorders
Opioid Use Disorders
304.00 Opioid Dependence
305.50 Opioid Abuse
Opioid-Induced Disorders
292.89 Opioid Intoxication
292.0 Opioid Withdrawal
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 185
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
186
292.81 Opioid Intoxication Delirium
292.xx Opioid-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Opioid-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Opioid-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
292.89 Opioid-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Opioid-Related Disorder NOS
Phencyclidine (or Phencyclidine-like)-Related Disorders
Phencyclidine Use Disorders
304.60 Phencyclidine Dependence
305.90 Phencyclidine Abuse
Phencyclidine-Induced Disorders
292.89 Phencyclidine Intoxication
292.81 Phencyclidine Intoxication Delirium
292.xx Phencyclidine-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Phencyclidine-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Phencyclidine-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.9 Phencyclidine-Related Disorder NOS
Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Related Disorders
Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Use Disorders
304.10 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Dependence
305.40 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Abuse
Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Disorders
292.89 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Intoxication
292.0 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Withdrawal
292.81 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Intoxication Delirium
292.81 Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic Withdrawal Delirium
292.82 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Persisting Dementia
292.83 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Persisting Amnestic
Disorder
292.xx Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.89 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
292.89 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Related Disorder NOS
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 186
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
187
Polysubstance-Related Disorder
304.80 Polysubstance Dependence
Other (or Unknown) Substance-Related Disorders
Other (or Unknown) Substance Use Disorders
304.90 Other (or Unknown) Substance Dependence
305.90 Other (or Unknown) Substance Abuse
Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Disorders
292.89 Other (or Unknown) Substance Intoxication
292.0 Other (or Unknown) Substance Withdrawal
292.81 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Delirium
292.82 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Persisting Dementia
292.83 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Persisting Amnestic Disorder
292.xx Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Psychotic Disorder
.11 With Delusions
.12 With Hallucinations
292.84 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Mood Disorder
292.89 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Anxiety Disorder
292.89 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
292.89 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Induced Sleep Disorder
292.9 Other (or Unknown) Substance-Related Disorder NOS
SCHIZOPHRENIA AND OTHER PSYCHOTIC DISORDERS
295.xx Schizophrenia
.30 Paranoid type
.10 Disorganized type
.20 Catatonic type
.90 Undifferentiated type
.60 Residual type
295.40 Schizophreniform Disorder
295.70 Schizoaffective Disorder
297.1 Delusional Disorder
298.8 Brief Psychotic Disorder
297.3 Shared Psychotic Disorder
293.xx Psychotic Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
.81 With Delusions
.82 With Hallucinations
–––.— Substance-Induced Psychotic Disorder (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
298.9 Psychotic Disorder NOS
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 187
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
188
MOOD DISORDERS
(Code current state of Major Depressive Disorder or Bipolar I Disorder in fifth
digit: 0 unspecified; 1 mild; 2 moderate; 3 severe, without
psychotic features; 4 severe, with psychotic features; 5 in partial
remission; 6 in full remission.)
Depressive Disorders
296.xx Major Depressive Disorder
.2x Single Episode
.3x Recurrent
300.4 Dysthymic Disorder
311 Depressive Disorder NOS
Bipolar Disorders
296.xx Bipolar I Disorder
.0x Single Manic Episode
.40 Most Recent Episode Hypomanic
.4x Most Recent Episode Manic
.6x Most Recent Episode Mixed
.5x Most Recent Episode Depressed
.7 Most Recent Episode Unspecified
296.89 Bipolar II Disorder (specify current or most recent episode:
Hypomanic or Depressed)
301.13 Cyclothymic Disorder
296.80 Bipolar Disorder NOS
293.83 Mood Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
–––.— Substance-Induced Mood Disorder (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
296.90 Mood Disorder NOS
ANXIETY DISORDERS
300.01 Panic Disorder Without Agoraphobia
300.21 Panic Disorder With Agoraphobia
300.22 Agoraphobia Without History of Panic Disorder
300.29 Specific Phobia
300.23 Social Phobia
300.3 Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
309.81 Post-traumatic Stress Disorder
308.3 Acute Stress Disorder
300.02 Generalized Anxiety Disorder
293.89 Anxiety Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
–––.— Substance-Induced Anxiety Disorder (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
300.00 Anxiety Disorder NOS
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 188
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
189
SOMATOFORM DISORDERS
300.81 Somatization Disorder
300.82 Undifferentiated Somatoform Disorder
300.11 Conversion Disorder
307.xx Pain Disorder
.80 Associated with Psychological Factors
.89 Associated with Both Psychological Factors and a General Medical
Condition
300.7 Hypochondriasis
300.7 Body Dysmorphic Disorder
300.82 Somatoform Disorder NOS
FACTITIOUS DISORDERS
300.xx Factitious Disorder
.16 With Predominantly Psychological Signs and Symptoms
.19 With Predominantly Physical Signs and Symptoms
.19 With Combined Psychological and Physical Signs and Symptoms
300.19 Factitious Disorder NOS
DISSOCIATIVE DISORDERS
300.12 Dissociative Amnesia
300.13 Dissociative Fugue
300.14 Dissociative Identity Disorder
300.6 Depersonalization Disorder
300.15 Dissociative Disorder NOS
SEXUAL AND GENDER IDENTITY DISORDERS
Sexual Dysfunctions
Sexual Desire Disorders
302.71 Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder
302.79 Sexual Aversion Disorder
Sexual Arousal Disorders
302.72 Female Sexual Arousal Disorder
302.72 Male Erectile Disorder
Orgasmic Disorders
302.73 Female Orgasmic Disorder
302.74 Male Orgasmic Disorder
302.75 Premature Ejaculation
Sexual Pain Disorders
302.76 Dyspareunia (Not Due to a General Medical Condition)
306.51 Vaginismus (Not Due to a General Medical Condition)
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 189
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
190
Sexual Dysfunction Due to a General Medical Condition
625.8 Female Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder Due to (indicate the general
medical condition)
608.89 Male Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder Due to (indicate the general
medical condition)
607.84 Male Erectile Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
625.0 Female Dyspareunia Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
608.89 Male Dyspareunia Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
625.8 Other Female Sexual Dysfunction Due to (indicate the general medical
condition)
608.89 Other Male Sexual Dysfunction Due to (indicate the general medical
condition)
––– .— Substance-Induced Sexual Dysfunction (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
302.70 Sexual Dysfunction NOS
Paraphilias
302.4 Exhibitionism
302.81 Fetishism
302.89 Frotteurism
302.2 Pedophilia
302.83 Sexual Masochism
302.84 Sexual Sadism
302.3 Transvestic Fetishism
302.82 Voyeurism
302.9 Paraphilia NOS
Gender Identity Disorders
302.xx Gender Identity Disorder
.6 In Children
.85 In Adolescents or Adults
302.6 Gender Identity Disorder NOS
302.9 Sexual Disorder NOS
EATING DISORDERS
307.1 Anorexia Nervosa
307.51 Bulimia Nervosa
307.50 Eating Disorder NOS
SLEEP DISORDERS
Primary Sleep Disorders
Dyssomnias
307.42 Primary Insomnia
307.44 Primary Hypersomnia
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 190
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
191
347 Narcolepsy
780.59 Breathing-Related Sleep Disorder
307.45 Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorder
307.47 Dyssomnia NOS
Parasomnias
307.47 Nightmare Disorder
307.46 Sleep Terror Disorder
307.46 Sleepwalking Disorder
307.47 Parasomnia NOS
Sleep Disorders Related to Another Mental Disorder
307.42 Insomnia Related to (indicate the Axis I or Axis II disorder)
307.44 Hypersomnia Related to (indicate the Axis I or Axis II disorder)
Other Sleep Disorders
780.xx Sleep Disorder Due to (indicate the general medical condition)
.52 Insomnia type
.54 Hypersomnia type
.59 Parasomnia type
.59 Mixed type
Substance-Induced Sleep Disorder (refer to Substance-Related
Disorders for substance-specific codes)
IMPULSE CONTROL DISORDERS NOT ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED
312.34 Intermittent Explosive Disorder
312.32 Kleptomania
312.33 Pyromania
312.31 Pathological Gambling
312.39 Trichotillomania
312.30 Impulse Control Disorder NOS
ADJUSTMENT DISORDERS
309.xx Adjustment Disorder
.0 With Depressed Mood
.24 With Anxiety
.28 With Mixed Anxiety and Depressed Mood
.3 With Disturbance of Conduct
.4 With Mixed Disturbance of Emotions and Conduct
.9 Unspecified
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 191
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
192
PERSONALITY DISORDERS
NOTE: These are coded on Axis II.
301.0 Paranoid Personality Disorder
301.20 Schizoid Personality Disorder
301.22 Schizotypal Personality Disorder
301.7 Antisocial Personality Disorder
301.83 Borderline Personality Disorder
301.50 Histrionic Personality Disorder
301.81 Narcissistic Personality Disorder
301.82 Avoidant Personality Disorder
301.6 Dependent Personality Disorder
301.4 Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder
301.9 Personality Disorder NOS
OTHER CONDITIONS THAT MAY BE A FOCUS OF CLINICAL ATTENTION
Psychological Factors Affecting Medical Condition
316 Choose name based on nature of factors:
Mental Disorder Affecting Medical Condition
Psychological Symptoms Affecting Medical Condition
Personality Traits or Coping Style Affecting Medical Condition
Maladaptive Health Behaviors Affecting Medical Condition
Stress-Related Physiological Response Affecting Medical Condition
Other or Unspecified Psychological Factors Affecting Medical Condition
Medication-Induced Movement Disorders
332.1 Neuroleptic-Induced Parkinsonism
333.92 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome
333.7 Neuroleptic-Induced Acute Dystonia
333.99 Neuroleptic-Induced Acute Akathisia
333.82 Neuroleptic-Induced Tardive Dyskinesia
333.1 Medication-Induced Postural Tremor
333.90 Medication-Induced Movement Disorder NOS
Other Medication-Induced Disorder
995.2 Adverse Effects of Medication NOS
Relational Problems
V61.9 Relational Problem Related to a Mental Disorder or General Medical
Condition
V61.20 Parent-Child Relational Problem
V61.10 Partner Relational Problem
V61.8 Sibling Relational Problem
V62.81 Relational Problem NOS
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 192
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
193
Problems Related to Abuse or Neglect
V61.21 Physical Abuse of Child
V61.21 Sexual Abuse of Child
V61.21 Neglect of Child
–––.— Physical Abuse of Adult
V61.12 (if by partner)
V62.83 (if by person other than partner)
–––.—Sexual Abuse of Adult
V61.12 (if by partner)
V62.83 (if by person other than partner)
Additional Conditions That May Be a Focus of Clinical Attention
V15.81 Noncompliance with Treatment
V65.2 Malingering
V71.01 Adult Antisocial Behavior
V71.02 Childhood or Adolescent Antisocial Behavior
V62.89 Borderline Intellectual Functioning (coded on Axis II)
780.9 Age-Related Cognitive Decline
V62.82 Bereavement
V62.3 Academic Problem
V62.2 Occupational Problem
313.82 Identity Problem
V62.89 Religious or Spiritual Problem
V62.4 Acculturation Problem
V62.89 Phase of Life Problem
ADDITIONAL CODES
300.9 Unspecified Mental Disorder (nonpsychotic)
V71.09 No Diagnosis or Condition on Axis I
799.9 Diagnosis or Condition Deferred on Axis I
V71.09 No Diagnosis on Axis II
799.9 Diagnosis Deferred on Axis II
DSM-IV-TR criteria in Disorders Tab, Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF) form,
Multiaxial System, and DSM-IV-TR classifications: Axes I and II categories and codes,
reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders, 4th ed., Text Revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association,
2000.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 193
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
Text/image rights not available.
TOOLS/
INDEX
194
Risk for injury; Risk for other-directed
violence
Imbalanced nutrition: Less than body
requirements
Anxiety (specify level)
Confusion, acute/chronic; Disturbed
thought processes
Disturbed thought processes
Ineffective denial
Dysfunctional grieving
Risk for injury
Decisional conflict (specify)
Impaired social interaction
Ineffective role performance
Disturbed sensory perception
(kinesthetic)
Disturbed body image
Powerlessness
Post-trauma syndrome
Disturbed sensory perception
(auditory; visual)
Low self-esteem (chronic; situational)
Assigning Nursing Diagnoses (NANDA) to Client Behaviors
Following is a list of client behaviors and the NANDA nursing diagnoses that
correspond to the behaviors and that may be used in planning care for the
client exhibiting the specific behavioral symptoms.
Behaviors NANDA Nursing Diagnoses
Aggression; hostility
Anorexia or refusal to eat
Anxious behavior
Confusion; memory loss
Delusions
Denial of problems
Depressed mood or anger
turned inward
Detoxification; withdrawal
from substances
Difficulty making important
life decision
Difficulty with interpersonal
relationships
Disruption in capability to
perform usual responsibilities
Dissociative behaviors
(depersonalization;
derealization)
Expresses feelings of disgust
about body or body part
Expresses lack of control over
personal situation
Flashbacks, nightmares, obsession
with traumatic experience
Hallucinations
Highly critical of self or others
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 194
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
195
Behaviors NANDA Nursing Diagnoses
HIV-positive; altered immunity
Inability to meet basic needs
Insomnia or hypersomnia
Loose associations or flight
of ideas
Manic hyperactivity
Manipulative behavior
Multiple personalities; gender
identity disturbance
Orgasm, problems with; lack
of sexual desire
Overeating, compulsive
Phobias
Physical symptoms as coping
behavior
Projection of blame; rationalization
of failures; denial of personal
responsibility
Ritualistic behaviors
Seductive remarks; inappropriate
sexual behaviors
Self-mutilative behaviors
Sexual behaviors (difficulty,
limitations, or changes in;
reported dissatisfaction)
Stress from caring for chronically
ill person
Stress from locating to new
environment
Substance use as a coping
behavior
Substance use (denies use is a
problem)
Ineffective protection
Self-care deficit (feeding; bathing/
hygiene; dressing/grooming;
toileting)
Disturbed sleep pattern
Impaired verbal communication
Risk for injury
Ineffective coping
Disturbed personal identity
Sexual dysfunction
Risk for imbalanced nutrition: More
than body requirements
Fear
Ineffective coping
Defensive coping
Anxiety (severe); Ineffective coping
Impaired social interaction
Self-mutilation; Risk for self-mutilation
Ineffective sexuality patterns
Caregiver role strain
Relocation stress syndrome
Ineffective coping
Ineffective denial
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 195
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
196
Risk for suicide; Risk for self-directed
violence
Disturbed thought processes;
Ineffective coping
Risk for deficient fluid volume
Social isolation
Behaviors NANDA Nursing Diagnoses
Suicidal
Suspiciousness
Vomiting, excessive, self induced
Withdrawn behavior
Used with permission from Townsend, 5e, 2006
Nursing Diagnoses (NANDA): Accepted for Use and Research (2007–2008)
A
Activity Intolerance [specify level]
Activity Intolerance, risk for
Airway Clearance, ineffective
Allergy Response, latex
Allergy Response, latex, risk for
Anxiety [specify level]
Anxiety, death
Aspiration, risk for
Attachment, risk for impaired parent/infant/child
Autonomic Dysreflexia
Autonomic Dysreflexia, risk for
B
Blood Sugar, risk for unstable
Body Image, disturbed
Body Temperature, risk for imbalanced
Bowel Incontinence
Breastfeeding, effective
Breastfeeding, ineffective
Breastfeeding, interrupted
Breathing Pattern, ineffective
C
Cardiac Output, decreased
Caregiver Role Strain
Caregiver Role Strain, risk for
Comfort, readiness for enhanced
Communication, impaired verbal
Communication, readiness for enhanced
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 196
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
197
Conflict, parental role
Confusion, acute
Confusion, risk for acute
Confusion, chronic
Constipation
Constipation, perceived
Constipation, risk for
Contamination
Contamination, risk for
Coping, compromised family
Coping, disabled family
Coping, readiness for enhanced family
Coping, defensive
Coping, ineffective
Coping, ineffective community
Coping, readiness for enhanced
Coping, readiness for enhanced community
D
Death Syndrome, risk for sudden infant
Decisional Conflict (specify)
Decision-Making, readiness for enhanced
Denial, ineffective
Dentition, impaired
Development, risk for delayed
Diarrhea
Disuse Syndrome, risk for
Diversional Activity, deficient
E
Energy Field, disturbed (revised)
Environmental Interpretation Syndrome, impaired
F
Failure to Thrive, adult
Falls, risk for
Family Processes: alcoholism, dysfunctional
Family Processes, interrupted
Family Processes, readiness for enhanced
Fatigue
Fear (specify focus)
Fluid Balance, readiness for enhanced
[Fluid Volume, deficient hyper/hypotonic]
Fluid Volume, deficient [isotonic]
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 197
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
198
Fluid Volume, excess
Fluid Volume, risk for deficient
Fluid Volume risk for imbalanced
G
Gas Exchange, impaired
Glucose, risk for unstable level
Grieving
Grieving, complicated
Grieving, risk for complicated
Growth, risk for disproportionate
Growth & Development, delayed
H
Health Behavior, risk prone
Health Maintenance, ineffective
Health-Seeking Behaviors (specify)
Home Maintenance, impaired
Hope, readiness for enhanced
Hopelessness
Human Dignity, risk for compromised
Hyperthermia
Hypothermia
I
Identify, disturbed personal
Immunization Status, readiness for enhanced
Infant Behavior, disorganized
Infant Behavior, organized, readiness for enhanced
Infant Behavior, risk for disorganized
Infant Feeding Pattern, ineffective
Infection, risk for
Injury, risk for
Injury, risk for perioperative positioning
Insomnia
Intracranial Adaptive Capacity, decreased
K
Knowledge, deficient [Learning Need] [specify]
Knowledge [specify], readiness for enhanced
L
Lifestyle, sedentary
Liver Function, risk for impaired
Loneliness, risk for
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 198
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
199
M
Memory, impaired
Mobility, impaired bed
Mobility, impaired physical
Mobility, impaired wheelchair
Moral Distress
N
Nausea
Noncompliance, [Adherence, ineffective] [specify]
Nutrition, less than body requirements, imbalanced
Nutrition, more than body requirements, imbalanced
Nutrition, readiness for enhanced
Nutrition, more than body requirements, risk for imbalanced
O
Oral Mucous Membrane, impaired
P
Pain, acute
Pain, chronic
Parenting, impaired
Parenting, readiness for enhanced
Parenting, risk for impaired
Perioperative Positioning, risk for
Peripheral Neurovascular Dysfunction, risk for
Poisoning, risk for
Post-Trauma Syndrome [specify stage]
Post-Trauma Syndrome, risk for
Power, readiness for enhanced
Powerlessness [specify level]
Powerlessness, risk for
Protection, ineffective
R
Rape-Trauma Syndrome
Rape-Trauma Syndrome: compound reaction
Rape-Trauma Syndrome: silent reaction
Religiosity, impaired
Religiosity, risk for impaired
Religiosity, readiness for enhanced
Relocation Stress Syndrome
Relocation Stress Syndrome, risk for
Role Performance, ineffective
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 199
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
200
S
Self-Care, readiness for enhanced
Self-Care Deficit: bathing/hygiene
Self-Care Deficit: dressing/grooming
Self-Care Deficit: feeding
Self-Care Deficit: toileting
Self-Concept, readiness for enhanced
Self-Esteem, chronic low
Self-Esteem, situational low
Self-Esteem, risk for situational low
Self-Mutilation
Self-Mutilation, risk for
Sensory Perception, disturbed: (specify: visual, auditory, kinesthetic,
gustatory, tactile, olfactory)
Sexual Dysfunction
Sexuality Pattern, ineffective
Skin Integrity, impaired
Skin Integrity, risk for impaired
Sleep, readiness for enhanced
Sleep Deprivation
Social Interaction, impaired
Social Isolation
Sorrow, chronic
Spiritual Distress
Spiritual Distress, risk for
Spiritual Well-Being, readiness for enhanced
Stress Overload
Suffocation, risk for
Suicide, risk for
Surgical Recovery, delayed
Swallowing, impaired
T
Therapeutic Regimen Management, effective
Therapeutic Regimen Management, ineffective
Therapeutic Regimen Management, ineffective community
Therapeutic Regimen Management, ineffective family
Therapeutic Regimen Management, readiness for enhanced
Thermoregulation, ineffective
Thought Processes, disturbed
Tissue Integrity, impaired
Tissue Perfusion, ineffective (specify type: cerebral, cardiopulmonary, renal,
gastrointestinal, peripheral)
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 200
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
201
Transfer Ability, impaired
Trauma, risk for
U
Unilateral Neglect Syndrome
Urinary Elimination, impaired
Urinary Elimination, readiness for enhanced
Urinary Incontinence, functional
Urinary Incontinence, overflow
Urinary Incontinence, reflex
Urinary Incontinence, stress
Urinary Incontinence, total
Urinary Incontinence, urge
Urinary Incontinence, risk for urge
Urinary Retention [acute/chronic]
V
Ventilation, impaired spontaneous
Ventilatory Weaning Response, dysfunctional
Violence, [actual/] risk for other-directed
Violence, [actual/] risk for self-directed
W
Walking, impaired
Wandering [specify sporadic or continual]
Used with permission from NANDA International: Definitions and Classification,
2007–2008. NANDA, Philadelphia, PA, 2007
Psychiatric Terminology
A
abreaction. “Remembering with feeling”; bringing into conscious
awareness painful events that have been repressed and reexperiencing
the emotions that were associated with the events.
adjustment disorder. A maladaptive reaction to an identifiable
psychosocial stressor that occurs within 3 months after onset of the
stressor. The individual shows impairment in social and occupational
functioning or exhibits symptoms that are in excess of a normal and
expectable reaction to the stressor.
affect. The behavioral expression of emotion; may be appropriate
(congruent with the situation); inappropriate (incongruent with the
situation); constricted or blunted (diminished range and intensity); or flat
(absence of emotional expression).
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 201
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
202
agoraphobia. The fear of being in places or situations from which escape
might be difficult (or embarrassing) or in which help might not be
available in the event of a panic attack.
akathisia. Restlessness; an urgent need for movement. A type of
extrapyramidal side effect associated with some antipsychotic
medications.
akinesia. Muscular weakness or a loss or partial loss of muscle movement;
a type of extrapyramidal side effect associated with some antipsychotic
medications.
amnesia. An inability to recall important personal information that is too
extensive to be explained by ordinary forgetfulness.
anhedonia. The inability to experience or even imagine any pleasant
emotion.
anorexia. Loss of appetite.
anorgasmia. Inability to achieve orgasm.
anticipatory grief. A subjective state of emotional, physical, and social
responses to an anticipated loss of a valued entity. The grief response is
repeated once the loss actually occurs, but it may not be as intense as it
might have been if anticipatory grieving had not occurred.
antisocial personality disorder. A pattern of socially irresponsible,
exploitative, and guiltless behavior, evident in the tendency to fail to
conform to the law, develop stable relationships, or sustain consistent
employment; exploitation and manipulation of others for personal gain is
common.
anxiety. Vague diffuse apprehension that is associated with feelings of
uncertainty and helplessness.
associative looseness. Sometimes called loose associations, a thinking
process characterized by speech in which ideas shift from one unrelated
subject to another. The individual is unaware that the topics are
unconnected.
ataxia. Muscular incoordination.
attitude. A frame of reference around which an individual organizes
knowledge about his or her world. It includes an emotional element and
can have a positive or negative connotation.
autism. A focus inward on a fantasy world and distorting or excluding the
external environment; common in schizophrenia.
autistic disorder. The withdrawal of an infant or child into the self and into
a fantasy world of his or her own creation. There is marked impairment in
interpersonal functioning and communication and in imaginative play.
Activities and interests are restricted and may be considered somewhat
bizarre.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 202
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
203
B
behavior modification. A treatment modality aimed at changing undesir-
able behaviors, using a system of reinforcement to bring about the
modifications desired.
belief. An idea that one holds to be true. It can be rational, irrational, taken
on faith, or stereotypical.
bereavement overload. An accumulation of grief that occurs when an
individual experiences many losses over a short period and is unable to
resolve one before another is experienced. This phenomenon is common
among the elderly.
bipolar disorder. Characterized by mood swings from profound depression
to extreme euphoria (mania), with intervening periods of normalcy.
Psychotic symptoms may or may not be present.
borderline personality disorder. A disorder characterized by a pattern of
intense and chaotic relationships, with affective instability, fluctuating and
extreme attitudes regarding other people, impulsivity, direct and indirect
self-destructive behavior, and lack of a clear or certain sense of identity,
life plan, or values.
boundaries. The level of participation and interaction between individuals
and between subsystems. Boundaries denote physical and psychological
space individuals identify as their own. They are sometimes referred to as
limits.
C
catatonia. A type of schizophrenia that is typified by stupor or excitement:
stupor characterized by extreme psychomotor retardation, mutism,
negativism, and posturing; excitement by psychomotor agitation, in which
the movements are frenzied and purposeless.
circumstantiality. In speaking, the delay of an individual to reach the point
of a communication owing to unnecessary and tedious details.
clang associations. A pattern of speech in which the choice of words is
governed by sounds. Clang associations often take the form of rhyming.
codependency. An exaggerated dependent pattern of learned behaviors,
beliefs, and feelings that make life painful. It is a dependence on people
and things outside the self, along with neglect of the self to the point of
having little self-identity.
cognition. Mental operations that relate to logic, awareness, intellect,
memory, language, and reasoning powers.
cognitive therapy. A type of therapy in which the individual is taught to
control thought distortions that are considered to be a factor in the
development and maintenance of emotional disorders.
compensation. Covering up a real or perceived weakness by emphasizing a
trait one considers more desirable.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 203
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
204
concrete thinking. Thought processes that are focused on specifics rather
than on generalities and immediate issues rather than eventual
outcomes. Individuals who are experiencing concrete thinking are unable
to comprehend abstract terminology.
confidentiality. The right of an individual to the assurance that his or her
case will not be discussed outside the boundaries of the health-care team.
crisis. Psychological disequilibrium in a person who confronts a hazardous
circumstance that constitutes an important problem, which for the time
he or she can neither escape nor solve with usual problem-solving
resources.
crisis intervention. An emergency type of assistance in which the inter-
vener becomes a part of the individual’s life situation. The focus is to
provide guidance and support to help mobilize the resources needed to
resolve the crisis and restore or generate an improvement in previous
level of functioning. Usually lasts no longer than 6 to 8 weeks.
culture. A particular society’s entire way of living, encompassing shared
patterns of belief, feeling, and knowledge that guide people’s conduct and
are passed down from generation to generation.
curandera. A female folk healer in the Latino culture.
curandero. A male folk healer in the Latino culture.
cycle of battering. Three phases of predictable behaviors that are repeated
over time in a relationship between a batterer and a victim: the tension-
building phase; the acute battering incident; and the calm, loving respite
(honeymoon) phase.
cyclothymia. A chronic mood disturbance involving numerous episodes of
hypomania and depressed mood, of insufficient severity or duration to
meet the criteria for bipolar disorder.
D
delayed grief. Also called inhibited grief. The absence of evidence of grief
when it ordinarily would be expected.
delirium. A state of mental confusion and excitement characterized by
disorientation to time and place, often with hallucinations, incoherent
speech, and a continual state of aimless physical activity.
delusions. False personal beliefs, not consistent with a person’s intelligence
or cultural background. The individual continues to have the belief in spite
of obvious proof that it is false and/or irrational.
dementia. Global impairment of cognitive functioning that is progressive
and interferes with social and occupational abilities.
denial. Refusal to acknowledge the existence of a real situation and/or the
feelings associated with it.
depersonalization. An alteration in the perception or experience of the self
so that the feeling of one’s own reality is temporarily lost.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 204
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
205
derealization. An alteration in the perception or experience of the external
world so that it seems strange or unreal.
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th edition,
Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR). Standard nomenclature of emotional illness
published by the American Psychiatric Association (APA) and used by all
health-care practitioners. It classifies mental illness and presents guide-
lines and diagnostic criteria for various mental disorders.
displacement. Feelings are transferred from one target to another that is
considered less threatening or neutral.
double-bind communication. Communication described as contradictory
that places an individual in a “double bind.” It occurs when a statement is
made and succeeded by a contradictory statement or when a statement is
made accompanied by nonverbal expression that is inconsistent with the
verbal communication.
dyspareunia. Pain during sexual intercourse.
dysthymia. A depressive neurosis. The symptoms are similar to, if
somewhat milder than, those ascribed to major depression. There is no
loss of contact with reality.
dystonia. Involuntary muscular movements (spasms) of the face, arms,
legs, and neck; may occur as an extrapyramidal side effect of some
antipsychotic medications.
E
echolalia. The parrot-like repetition by an individual with loose ego
boundaries of the words spoken by another.
ego. One of the three elements of the personality identified by Freud as the
rational self, or “reality principle.The ego seeks to maintain harmony
between the external world, the id, and the superego.
electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). A type of somatic treatment in which
electric current is applied to the brain through electrodes placed on the
temples. A grand mal seizure produces the desired effect. This is used
with severely depressed patients refractory to antidepressant
medications.
empathy. The ability to see beyond outward behavior and sense accurately
anothers inner experiencing. With empathy, one can accurately perceive
and understand the meaning and relevance in the thoughts and feelings
of another.
enmeshment. Exaggerated connectedness among family members. It
occurs in response to diffuse boundaries in which there is overinvest-
ment, overinvolvement, and lack of differentiation between individuals
or subsystems.
ethnicity. The concept of people identifying with each other because of a
shared heritage.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 205
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
206
exhibitionism. A paraphilic disorder characterized by a recurrent urge to
expose one’s genitals to a stranger.
extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). A variety of responses that originate
outside the pyramidal tracts and in the basal ganglion of the brain.
Symptoms may include tremors, chorea, dystonia, akinesia, and akathisia,
and others may occur as a side effect of some antipsychotic medications.
F
family system. A system in which the parts of the whole may be the
marital dyad, parent-child dyad, or sibling groups. Each of these
subsystems is further divided into subsystems of individuals.
family therapy. A type of therapy in which the focus is on relationships
within the family. The family is viewed as a system in which the members
are interdependent, and a change in one creates change in all.
fight or flight. A syndrome of physical symptoms that result from an
individual’s real or perceived perception that harm or danger is imminent.
free association. A technique used to help individuals bring to
consciousness material that has been repressed. The individual is
encouraged to verbalize whatever comes into his or her mind, drifting
naturally from one thought to another.
G
gains. The reinforcements an individual receives for somaticizing.
gender identity disorder. A sense of discomfort associated with an
incongruence between biologically assigned gender and subjectively
experienced gender.
generalized anxiety disorder. A disorder characterized by chronic (at least
6 months), unrealistic, and excessive anxiety and worry.
genogram. A graphic representation of a family system. It may cover
several generations. Emphasis is on family roles and emotional related-
ness among members. Genograms facilitate recognition of areas
requiring change.
grief. A subjective state of emotional, physical, and social responses to the
real or perceived loss of a valued entity. Change and failure can also be
perceived as losses. The grief response consists of a set of relatively
predictable behaviors that describe the subjective state that accompanies
mourning.
group therapy. A therapy group, founded in a specific theoretical
framework, led by a person with an advanced degree in psychology,
social work, nursing, or medicine. The goal is to encourage improvement
in interpersonal functioning.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 206
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
207
H
hallucinations. False sensory perceptions not associated with real external
stimuli. Hallucinations may involve any of the five senses.
histrionic personality disorder. Conscious or unconscious overly
dramatic behavior used for drawing attention to oneself.
human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The virus that is the etiological
agent that produces the immunosuppression resulting in AIDS.
hypersomnia. Excessive sleepiness or seeking excessive amounts of sleep.
hypertensive crisis. A potentially life-threatening syndrome that results
when an individual taking monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) eats a
product high in tyramine or uses a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor
too soon either before or after stopping an MAOI.
hypnosis. A treatment for disorders brought on by repressed anxiety. The
individual is directed into a state of subconsciousness and assisted,
through suggestions, to recall certain events that he or she cannot recall
when conscious.
hypomania. A mild form of mania. Symptoms are excessive hyperactivity
but not severe enough to cause marked impairment in social or occupa-
tional functioning or to require hospitalization.
I
id. One of the three components of the personality identified by Freud as the
“pleasure principle.The id is the locus of instinctual drives, is present at
birth, and compels the infant to satisfy needs and seek immediate
gratification.
illusion. A misperception of a real external stimulus.
incest. Sexual exploitation of a child under 18 years of age by a relative or
nonrelative who holds a position of trust in the family.
integration. The process used with individuals with dissociative identity
disorder in an effort to bring all the personalities together into one;
usually achieved through hypnosis.
intellectualization. An attempt to avoid expressing actual emotions
associated with a stressful situation by using the intellectual processes of
logic, reasoning, and analysis.
introjection. The beliefs and values of another individual are internalized
and symbolically become a part of the self to the extent that the feeling of
separateness or distinctness is lost.
isolation. The separation of a thought or a memory from the feeling, tone,
or emotions associated with it (sometimes called emotional isolation).
J
justice. An ethical principle reflecting that all individuals should be treated
equally and fairly.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 207
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
208
K
kleptomania. A recurrent failure to resist impulses to steal objects not
needed for personal use or monetary value.
Korsakoff’s psychosis. A syndrome in alcoholics of confusion, loss of
recent memory, and confabulation, caused by a deficiency of thiamine. It
often occurs together with Wernicke’s encephalopathy and may be termed
Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome.
L
libido. Freud’s term for the psychic energy used to fulfill basic physiological
needs or instinctual drives such as hunger, thirst, and sexuality.
limbic system. The part of the brain that is sometimes called the emotional
brain.” It is associated with feelings of fear and anxiety; anger and
aggression; love, joy, and hope; and with sexuality and social behavior.
long-term memory. Memory for remote events, or those that occurred
many years ago. The type of memory that is preserved in the elderly
individual.
loss. The experience of separation from something of personal importance.
luto. The word for mourning in the Mexican-American culture, which is
symbolized by wearing black, black and white, or dark clothing and by
subdued behavior.
M
magical thinking. A primitive form of thinking in which an individual
believes that thinking about a possible occurrence can make it happen.
mania. A type of bipolar disorder in which the predominant mood is
elevated, expansive, or irritable. Motor activity is frenzied and excessive.
Psychotic features may or may not be present.
melancholia. A severe form of major depressive episode. Symptoms are
exaggerated, and interest or pleasure in virtually all activities is lost.
mental imagery. A method of stress reduction that employs the
imagination. The individual focuses imagination on a scenario that is
particularly relaxing to him or her (e.g., a scene on a quiet seashore, a
mountain atmosphere, or floating through the air on a fluffy white cloud).
milieu therapy. Also called therapeutic community, or therapeutic
environment. This type of therapy consists of a scientific structuring of the
environment in order to effect behavioral changes and to improve the
individual’s psychological health and functioning.
modeling. Learning new behaviors by imitating the behaviors of others.
mood. An individual’s sustained emotional tone, which significantly
influences behavior, personality, and perception.
mourning. The psychological process (or stages) through which the
individual passes on the way to successful adaptation to the loss
of a valued object.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 208
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
209
N
narcissistic personality disorder. A disorder characterized by an
exaggerated sense of self-worth. An individual lacks empathy and is
hypersensitive to the evaluation of others.
neologism. New words a psychotic person invents that are meaningless to
others but that have symbolic meaning to that individual.
neuroleptic. Antipsychotic medication used to prevent or control psychotic
symptoms.
neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS). A rare but potentially fatal
complication of treatment with neuroleptic drugs. Symptoms include
severe muscle rigidity, high fever, tachycardia, fluctuations in blood
pressure, diaphoresis, and rapid deterioration of mental status to stupor
and coma.
neurotransmitter. A chemical that is stored in the axon terminals of the
presynaptic neuron. An electrical impulse through the neuron stimulates
the release of the neurotransmitter into the synaptic cleft, which in turn
determines whether another electrical impulse is generated.
nursing diagnosis. A clinical judgment about individual, family, or
community responses to actual and potential health problems/life
processes. Nursing diagnoses provide the basis for selection of nursing
interventions to achieve outcomes for which the nurse is accountable.
nursing process. A dynamic, systematic process by which nurses assess,
diagnose, and identify outcomes; and plan, implement, and evaluate
nursing care. It has been called “nursing’s scientific methodology.
Nursing process gives order and consistency to nursing intervention.
O
obesity. The state of having a body mass index of 30 or above.
object constancy. The phase in the separation/individuation process when
the child learns to relate to objects in an effective, constant manner. A
sense of separateness is established, and the child is able to internalize a
sustained image of the loved object or person when out of sight.
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Recurrent thoughts or ideas (obsessions)
that an individual is unable to put out of his or her mind, and actions that
an individual is unable to refrain from performing (compulsions). The
obsessions and compulsions are severe enough to interfere with social
and occupational functioning.
oculogyric crisis. An attack of involuntary deviation and fixation of the
eyeballs, usually in the upward position. It may last for several minutes
or hours and may occur as an extrapyramidal side effect of some antipsy-
chotic medications.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 209
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
210
P
panic disorder. A disorder characterized by recurrent panic attacks, the
onset of which is unpredictable and manifested by intense apprehension,
fear, or terror, often associated with feelings of impending doom and
accompanied by intense physical discomfort.
paranoia. A term that implies extreme suspiciousness. Paranoid
schizophrenia is characterized by persecutory delusions and
hallucinations of a threatening nature.
passive-aggressive behavior. Behavior that defends an individual’s own
basic rights by expressing resistance to social and occupational demands.
Sometimes called indirect aggression, this behavior takes the form of sly,
devious, and undermining actions that express the opposite of what the
person is really feeling.
pedophilia. Recurrent urges and sexually arousing fantasies involving
sexual activity with a prepubescent child.
perseveration. Persistent repetition of the same word or idea in response
to different questions.
personality. Deeply ingrained patterns of behavior, which include the way
one relates to, perceives, and thinks about the environment and oneself.
phobia. An irrational fear.
phobia, social. The fear of being humiliated in social situations.
postpartum depression. Depression that occurs during the postpartum
period. It may be related to hormonal changes, tryptophan metabolism,
or alterations in membrane transport during the early postpartum period.
Other predisposing factors may also be influential.
post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). A syndrome of symptoms that
develop following a psychologically distressing event that is outside the
range of usual human experience (e.g., rape, war). The individual is
unable to put the experience out of his or her mind and has nightmares,
flashbacks, and panic attacks.
preassaultive tension state. Behaviors predictive of potential violence.
They include excessive motor activity, tense posture, defiant affect,
clenched teeth and fists, and other arguing, demanding, and threatening
behaviors.
priapism. Prolonged painful penile erection; may occur as an adverse effect
of some antidepressant medications, particularly trazodone.
progressive relaxation. A method of deep muscle relaxation in which each
muscle group is alternately tensed and relaxed in a systematic order, with
the person concentrating on the contrast of sensations experienced from
tensing and relaxing.
projection. Attributing to another person feelings or impulses unacceptable
to oneself.
pseudodementia. Symptoms of depression that mimic those of dementia.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 210
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
211
psychomotor retardation. Extreme slowdown of physical movements.
Posture slumps, speech is slowed, and digestion becomes sluggish.
Common in severe depression.
psychotic disorder. A serious psychiatric disorder in which there is a gross
disorganization of the personality, a marked disturbance in reality testing,
and the impairment of interpersonal functioning and relationship to the
external world.
R
rape. The expression of power and dominance by means of sexual violence,
most commonly by men over women, although men may also be rape
victims. Rape is considered an act of aggression, not of passion.
rapport. The development between two people in a relationship of special
feelings based on mutual acceptance, warmth, friendliness, common
interest, a sense of trust, and a nonjudgmental attitude.
rationalization. Attempting to make excuses or formulate logical reasons
to justify unacceptable feelings or behaviors.
reaction formation. Preventing unacceptable or undesirable thoughts or
behaviors from being expressed by exaggerating opposite thoughts or
types of behaviors.
reframing. Changing the conceptual or emotional setting or viewpoint in
relation to which a situation is experienced and placing it in another
frame that fits the “facts” of the same concrete situation equally well or
even better and thereby changing its entire meaning.
regression. A retreat to an earlier level of development and the comfort
measures associated with that level of functioning.
reminiscence therapy. A process of life review by elderly individuals that
promotes self-esteem and provides assistance in working through
unresolved conflicts from the past.
repression. The involuntary blocking of unpleasant feelings and experiences
from one’s awareness.
ritualistic behavior. Purposeless activities that an individual performs
repeatedly in an effort to decrease anxiety (e.g., hand washing); common
in obsessive-compulsive disorder.
S
schizoid personality disorder. A profound defect in the ability to form
personal relationships or to respond to others in any meaningful,
emotional way.
schizotypal personality disorder. A disorder characterized by odd and
eccentric behavior, not decompensating to the level of schizophrenia.
self-esteem. The amount of regard or respect that individuals have for
themselves. It is a measure of worth that they place on their abilities and
judgments.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 211
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
212
shaman. The Native American “medicine man” or folk healer.
shaping. In learning, one shapes the behavior of another by giving
reinforcements for increasingly closer approximations to the desired
behavior.
short-term memory. The ability to remember events that occurred very
recently. This ability deteriorates with age.
social skills training. Educational opportunities through role-play for the
person with schizophrenia to learn appropriate social interaction skills
and functional skills that are relevant to daily living.
splitting. A primitive ego defense mechanism in which the person is unable
to integrate and accept both positive and negative feelings. In their view,
people, including themselves, and life situations are all good or all bad.
This trait is common in borderline personality disorder.
stereotyping. The process of classifying all individuals from the same
culture or ethnic group as identical.
sublimation. The rechanneling of personally and/or socially unacceptable
drives or impulses into activities that are tolerable and constructive.
substance abuse. Use of psychoactive drugs that poses significant hazards
to health and interferes with social, occupational, psychological, or
physical functioning.
substance dependence. Physical dependence is identified by the inability
to stop using a substance despite attempts to do so; a continual use of
the substance despite adverse consequences; a developing tolerance; and
the development of withdrawal symptoms upon cessation or decreased
intake. Psychological dependence is said to exist when a substance is
perceived by the user to be necessary to maintain an optimal state of
personal well-being, interpersonal relations, or skill performance.
substitution therapy. The use of various medications to decrease the
intensity of symptoms in an individual who is withdrawing from, or
experiencing the effects of excessive use of, substances.
superego. One of the three elements of the personality identified by Freud;
represents the conscience and the culturally determined restrictions that
are placed on an individual.
suppression. The voluntary blocking from one’s awareness of unpleasant
feelings and experiences.
symbiotic relationship. A type of “psychic fusion” that occurs between
two people; it is unhealthy in that severe anxiety is generated in one or
both if separation is indicated. A symbiotic relationship is normal
between infant and mother.
sympathy. The actual sharing of anothers thoughts and behaviors. Differs
from empathy in that with empathy one experiences an objective
understanding of what another is feeling rather than actually sharing
those feelings.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 212
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
213
systematic desensitization. A treatment for phobias in which the
individual is taught to relax and then asked to imagine various compo-
nents of the phobic stimulus on a graded hierarchy, moving from that
which produces the least fear to that which produces the most.
T
tangentiality. The inability to get to the point of a story. The speaker
introduces many unrelated topics until the original topic of discussion is
lost.
tardive dyskinesia. Syndrome of symptoms characterized by bizarre facial
and tongue movements, a stiff neck, and difficulty swallowing. It may
occur as an adverse effect of long-term therapy with some antipsychotic
medications.
thought-stopping technique. A self-taught technique that an individual
uses each time he or she wishes to eliminate intrusive or negative
unwanted thoughts from awareness.
triangles. A three-person emotional configuration that is considered the
basic building block of the family system. When anxiety becomes too
great between two family members, a third person is brought in to form a
triangle. Triangles are dysfunctional in that they offer relief from anxiety
through diversion rather than through resolution of the issue.
trichotillomania. The recurrent failure to resist impulses to pull out one’s
own hair.
tyramine. An amino acid found in aged cheeses or other aged, overripe,
and fermented foods; broad beans; pickled herring; beef or chicken liver;
preserved meats; beer and wine; yeast products; chocolate; caffeinated
drinks; canned figs; sour cream; yogurt; soy sauce; and some over-the-
counter cold medications and diet pills. If foods high in tyramine content
are consumed when an individual is taking MAOIs, a potentially life-
threatening syndrome called hypertensive crisis can result.
U
unconditional positive regard. Carl Rogers’ term for the respect and
dignity of an individual regardless of his or her unacceptable behavior.
undoing. A mechanism used to symbolically negate or cancel out a
previous action or experience that one finds intolerable.
universality. One curative factor of groups (identified by Yalom) in which
individuals realize that they are not alone in a problem and in the
thoughts and feelings they are experiencing. Anxiety is relieved by the
support and understanding of others in the group who share similar
experiences.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 213
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
214
V
values. Personal beliefs about the truth, beauty, or worth of a thought,
object, or behavior that influences an individual’s actions.
velorio. In the Mexican-American culture, large numbers of family and
friends gather following a death for a festive watch over the body of the
deceased person before burial.
W
Wernicke’s encephalopathy. A brain disorder caused by thiamine
deficiency and characterized by visual disturbances, ataxia, somnolence,
stupor, and, without thiamine replacement, death.
word salad. A group of words that are put together in a random fashion
without any logical connection.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 214
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
215
References
Aiken T. Legal, Ethical and Political Issues in Nursing, 2nd ed. Philadelphia:
FA Davis, 2004
American Hospital Association. A Patient’s Bill of Rights (revised 1992).
Accessed 11/27/2006 at: http://joann980.tripod.com/myhomeontheweb/
id20.html
American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of
Mental Disorders, 4th ed., Text Revision. Washington, DC: American
Psychiatric Association, 2000
American Psychiatric Nurses Association (APNA). Seclusion and Restraint:
Position Statement & Standards of Practice, 2001
Antai-Otong D. Psychiatric Nursing: Biological and Behavioral Concepts.
Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar Learning, 2003
Anton RF et al. Comparison of bio-rad %CDT TIA and CD tect as laboratory
markers of heavy alcohol use and their relationships with -glutamyl
transferase. Clinical Chemistry 2001; 47:1769–1775
APA 2000 Gender Advisory Panel: Terms of Reference. Accessed 7/17/04 at:
www.who.int/reproductive-health/pcc2001/documents/gaptorrev01.doc
Arana GW, Rosenbaum JF. Handbook of Psychiatric Drug Therapy, 5th ed.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005
Aripiprazole. Mosby’s Drug Consult. Accessed 8/1/04 at:
http://www.mosbysdrugconsult.com/DrugConsult/003577.html
Autonomic nervous system. Table 1: Responses of major organs to
autonomic nerve impulses. Update in Anaesthesia 1995; issue 5, article 6.
Accessed 1/24/04 at: http://www.nda.ox.ac.uk/wfsa/html/u05/u05_b02.htm
Barr AM et al The need for speed: an update on methamphetamine addiction.
Psychiatr Neurosci 2006 31(5):301–313
Bateson G. Mind and Nature: A Necessary Unity. London: Wildwood House,
1979
Bateson G. Steps to an Ecology of Mind. London: Paladin, 1973
Bleuler E. Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias (Zinkin J,
trans.). New York: International University Press, 1911
Boszormenyi-Nagy I, Krasner BR. Between Give and Take: A Clinical Guide
to Contextual Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1986
Bowen M. Family Therapy in Clinical Practice. New Jersey: Aronson, 1994
Brigham and Womens Hospital. Depression: A Guide to Diagnosis and
Treatment. Boston, MA: Brigham and Women’s Hospital, 2001:9
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 215
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
216
Bromet EJ, Dew MA, Eaton W. Epidemiology of psychosis with special
reference to schizophrenia. In: Tsuang MT, Tohen M, Zahner GEP, eds.
Textbook in Psychiatric Epidemiology. New York: Wiley-Liss, 1995:283–300
Brown AS, Susser ES. Epidemiology of schizophrenia: Findings implicate
neurodevelopmental insults early in life. In: Kaufman CA, Gorman JM, eds.
Schizophrenia: New Directions for Clinical Research and Treatment.
Larchmont, NY: Mary Ann Liebert, Inc., 1996:105–119
Brown GW, Birley JL, Wing JK. Influence of family life on the course of
schizophrenic disorders: A replication. Br J Psychiatry 1972; 121(562):241–258
Burgess AW, Hartman CR. Rape trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. In:
McBride AB, Austin JK, eds. Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing: Integrating
the Behavioral and Biological Sciences. Philadelphia: WB Saunders,
1996:53–81
Buse JB et al. A retrospective cohort study of diabetes mellitus and antipsy-
chotic treatment in the United States. J Clin Epidemiol 2003; 56:164–170
Chenitz WC, Stone JT, Salisbury SA. Clinical Gerontological Nursing: A Guide
to Advanced Practice. Philadelphia: WB Saunders, 1991
Child Abuse Prevention Treatment Act, originally enacted in 1974 (PL 93–247),
42 USC 5101 et seq; 42 USC 5116 et seq. Accessed 9/25/04 at: http://www.
acf.hhs.gov/programs/cb/laws/capta/
Christianson JR, Blake RH. The grooming process in father-daughter incest.
In: Horton A, Johnson BL, Roundy LM, Williams D, eds. The Incest
Perpetrator: A Family Member No One Wants to Treat. Newbury Park, CA:
Sage, 1990:88–98
Cruz M, Pincus HA. Research on the Influence that Communication in
Psychiatric Encounters Has on Treatment. Psychiatr Serv 2002; 53:1253–1265
Cyberonics (2005). Accessed 11/27/2006 at: http://www.VNSTherapy.com
Cycle of Violence. Accessed 8/7/04 at:
http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ovc/help/cycle.htm
Davies T. Psychosocial factors and relapse of schizophrenia [editorial]. BMJ
1994; 309:353–354
DeAngelis T: Is Internet addiction real? Monitor on Psychology. American
Psychological Association 2000; 31: No. 4. Accessed 11/27/2006 at:
www.apa.org/monitor/apr00/addiction.html
Deglin JH, Vallerand AH. Daviss Drug Guide for Nurses, 10th ed.
Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2007
Emergency Commitments: Psychiatric emergencies. Accessed 1/24/04 at:
http://www.pinofpa.org/resources/fact-12.html
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 216
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
217
European College of Neuropsychopharmacology Congress (ECNP): Zyprexa
(olanzapine) superior to depakote (Valproate) for acute mania in bipolar
disorder. Accessed 11/29/2006 at: http://www.pslgroup.com/dg/1E0626.htm
Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism: The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA 1984;
252:1905–1907
Faraone S. Prevalence of adult ADHD in the US [abstract]. Presented at
American Psychiatric Association, May 6, 2004. Accessed 9/24/04 at:
http://www.pslgroup.com/dg/2441a2.htm
Folstein M, Folstein SG, McHugh P. Mini-Mental State, a practical method for
grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res 1975;
12:189–198
Frazer A, Molinoff P, Winokur A. Biological Bases of Brain Function and
Disease. New York: Raven Press, 1994
Freeman A, et al. Clinical Applications of Cognitive Therapy, 2nd ed. New
York: Springer Verlag, 2004
Fuller MA, Sajatovic M: Drug Information Handbook for Psychiatry: A
Comprehensive Reference of Psychotropic, Non-Psychotropic, and Herbal
Agents, 6th ed. Cleveland: Lexi-Comp, 2007
Ghaemi SN, et al. Antidepressants in bipolar disorder: The case for caution.
Bipolar Disord 2003; 5:421–433
Goroll AH, Mulley AG Jr. Primary Care Medicine, 5th ed. Philadelphia:
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2006
Guy W, ed. ECDEU Assessment Manual for Psychopharmacology. (DHEW
Publ. No. 76–338), rev. ed. Washington, DC: US Department of Health,
Education and Welfare, 1976
Health Canada: Important drug safety information for paroxetine. Accessed
9/25/04 at: http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hpfb-dgpsa/tpd-dpt/paxil_hpc_e.html
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA). Accessed
11/27/06 at: http://www.ihs.gov/AdminMngrResources/HIPAA/index.cfm
Holkup P. Evidence-based protocol: Elderly suicide: Secondary prevention.
Iowa City: University of Iowa Gerontological Nursing Interventions Research
Center, Research Dissemination Core, June 2002:56
Holtzheimer PE, Nemeroff CB. Advances in the treatment of depression.
NeuroRx 2006; 3:42–56
Hunt M. The Story of Psychology. New York: Anchor Books, 1994
International Society of Psychiatric–Mental Health Nurses (ISPN). ISPN
Position statement on the use of seclusion and restraint (November 1999).
Accessed 11/27/2006 at: http://www.ispn-psych.org
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 217
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
218
Jahoda M. Current Concepts of Positive Mental Health. New York: Basic
Books, 1958
Johnson TB. National Association of School Psychologists Communiqué.
October 2003; vol. 32, No. 2. Accessed 9/25/2004 at:
http://www.nasponline.org/publications/cq322depressionwarnings.html
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO
2005): Restraint and Seclusion, revised April 1, 2005. Accessed 11/25/06 at:
http://www.jcaho.org/
Kansas Child Abuse Prevention Council (KCAPC). A Guide about Child Abuse
and Neglect. Wichita, KS: National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse
and Parents Anonymous, 1992
Kaplan HI, Sadock BJ. Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 5th ed.
Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1989
Keck PE Jr. Evaluating treatment decisions in bipolar depression. MedScape
July 30, 2003. Accessed 7/3/04 at: http:www. medscape.com/viewpro-
gram/2571
Keltner NL, Folks DG. Psychotropic Drugs, 4th ed. St. Louis: Mosby-Year
Book, 2005
Kerr ME, Bowen M. Family Evaluation. New York: WW Norton, 1988
Kessler RC, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric
disorders in the United States. Results from the National Comorbidity
Survey. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1994; 51:8–19
Krupnick SLW. Psychopharmacology. In Lego S (ed). Psychiatric Nursing: A
Comprehensive Reference, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven,
1996:499–541
Kübler-Ross E. On Death and Dying. New York: Touchstone, 1997
Kukull WA, Bowen JD. Dementia epidemiology. Med Clin North Am 2002; 86:3
Laben JK, Crofts Yorker B. Legal issues in advanced practice psychiatric
nursing. In Burgess AW, ed. Advanced Practice Psychiatric Nursing.
Stamford, CT: Appleton & Lange, 1998:101–118
Lego S. Psychiatric Nursing. A Comprehensive Reference, 2nd ed.
Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven 1996
Linehan MM. Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment of Borderline Personality
Disorder. New York: Guilford Press, 1993
Lippitt R, White RK. An experimental study of leadership and group life. In
Maccoby EE, Newcomb TM, Hartley EL, eds. Readings in Social Psychology,
3rd ed. New York: Holt Rinehart & Winston, 1958
Lubman DI, Castle DJ. Late-onset schizophrenia: Make the right diagnosis
when psychosis emerges after age 60. Curr Psychiatry Online 2002; 1(12).
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 218
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
219
Accessed 8/7/04 at: http://www.currentpsychiatry.com/2002_12/
1202_schizo.asp
Major Theories of Family Therapy. Accessed 8/2/04 at: http://www.
goldentriadfilms.com/films/theory.htm
Manos PJ. 10-point clock test screens for cognitive impairment in clinic and
hospital settings. Psychiatric Times 1998; 15(10). Accessed 9/20/04 at:
http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/p981049.html
Maxmen JS, Ward NG. Psychotropic Drugs Fast Facts, 3rd ed. New York: WW
Norton, 2002
McGoldrick M, Giordano J, Garcia-Preto N. Ethnicity and Family Therapy, 3rd
ed. New York: Guilford Press, 2005
Meltzer HY, Baldessarini RJ. Reducing the risk for suicide in schizophrenia
and affective disorders: Academic highlights. J Clin Psychiatry 2003; 64:9
Mini-Mental State Examination form. Available from Psychological
Assessment Resources, Inc., 16204 North Florida Ave, Lutz, Florida (see
http://www.parinc.com/index.cfm)
M’Naughton Rule. Psychiatric News 2002; 37(8)
Murray RB, Zentner JP. Health Assessment and Promotion Strategies through
the Life Span, 6th ed. Stamford, CT: Appleton & Lange, 1997
Myers E. LPNotes. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2004
Myers E. RNotes, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2006
Nagy Ledger of Merits. Accessed 8/2/04 at: http://www.
behavenet.com/capsules/treatment/famsys/ldgermrts.htm
Nemeroff CB et al. VNS therapy in treatment-resistant depression: Clinical
evidence and putative neurobiological mechanisms.
Neuropsychopharmacology 2006; 31:1345–1355
Ng BD, Wiemer-Hastings P. Addiction to the Internet and online gaming.
Cyberpsychol Behav 2005; 8:110–113
Nonacs RM. Postpartum depression. eMedicine June 17, 2004. Accessed
7/17/04 at: http://www.emedicine.com/med/topic3408. htm
Olanzapine VA, Lithium vs Valproic Acid, Lithium: Therapeutic Use: Bipolar
Disorders Accessed 8/1/04 at: http://www.luinst.
org/cp/en/CNSforum/literature/trial_reports/reports/889317.html
Paliperidone (Invega). Product insert/prescribing information. Issued
December 2006, Janssen, LP. Accessed 12/29/06 at: http://www.invega.com
Paquette M. Managing Anger Effectively. Accessed 8/2/04 at:
http://www.nurseweek.com/ce/ce290a.html
Patient’s Bill of Rights: American Hospital Association. Accessed 1/18/04 at:
http://joann980.tripod.com/myhomeontheweb/id20. html
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 219
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
220
Peplau H. A working definition of anxiety. In: Bird S, Marshall M, eds. Some
Clinical Approaches to Psychiatric Nursing. New York: Macmillan, 1963
Peplau HE. Interpersonal Relations in Nursing. New York: Springer, 1992
Poulin C, Webster I, Single E. Alcohol disorders in Canada as indicated by the
CAGE Questionnaire. Can Med Assoc J 1997; 157:1529–1535
Rachid F, Bertschy G. Safety and efficacy of repetitive transcranial magnetic
stimulation in the treatment of depression: A critical appraisal of the last 10
years. Neurophysiol Clin 2006; 36:157–183
Rakel R. Saunders Manual of Medical Practice, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: WB
Saunders, 2000
Reiger DA et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug
abuse. JAMA 1990; 246:2511–2518
Ramelteon (Rozerem): Prescribing information. Accessed on 11/29/2006 at:
http://www.rozerem.com/images/pi.pdf
Reno J. Domestic Violence Awareness. Office of the Attorney General.
Accessed on 9/25/04 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ovc/help/cycle.htm (last
updated 4/19/2001)
Rupp A, Keith SJ. The costs of schizophrenia: Assessing the burden. Psychiatr
Clin North Am 1993; 16:413–423
Sadock BJ, Sadock VA: Kaplan & Sadock’s Comprehensive Textbook of
Psychiatry, 8th ed. Baltimore: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005
Satcher D. Mental Health: A Report of the Surgeon General. Rockville, MD:
US Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration, Center for Mental Health Services, National
Institutes of Health, National Institute of Mental Health, 1999. Accessed
1/19/04 at: http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/mentalhealth/home.html
Scanlon VC, Sanders T. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 5th ed.
Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2007
Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital, 105 NE 92 (NY 1914)
Schnell ZB, Van Leeuwen AM, Kranpitz TR. Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook
of Laboratory and Diagnostic Tests with Nursing Implications. Philadelphia:
FA Davis, 2003
Selegiline Transdermal System (Emsam) Prescribing information. Accessed
on 11/29/2006 at: http://www.bms.com/
Selye H. The Stress of Life. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1976
Selzer ML, Vinokur A, van Rooijen L. A self-administered Short Michigan
Alcoholism Screening Test (SMAST). J Stud Alcohol 1975; 36:117–126
Shader I. Manual of Psychiatric Therapeutics, 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, 2003
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 220
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
TOOLS/
INDEX
221
Shapiro F. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles,
Protocols, and Procedures, 2nd ed. New York: Guilford Press, 2001
Shea CA et al. American Psychiatric Nurses Association. Advanced Practice
Nursing in Psychiatric and Mental Health Care. St. Louis: CV Mosby, 1999
Sheikh JI, Yesavage JA. Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS): Recent evidence
and development of a shorter version. In: Brink TL, ed. Clinical Gerontology:
A Guide to Assessment and Intervention. New York: Haworth Press,
1986:165–173
Skinner K. The therapeutic milieu: Making it work. J Psychiatr Nursing Mental
Health Serv 1979; 17:38–44
Smith GR, Kramer TL, Hollenberg JA et al. Validity of the Depression-
Arkansas (D-ARK) scale: A tool for measuring major depressive disorder.
Mental Health Services Research 2002; 4
Sonne SC, Brady KT. Bipolar Disorder and Alcoholism. National Institute on
Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA). Posted November 2002. Accessed
7/3/04 at: http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/arh26–2/103–108.htm
Stiles MM, Koren C, Walsh K. Identifying elder abuse in the primary care
setting. Clin Geriatr 2002; 10. Accessed 8/7/04 at: www.mmhc.com
Stuart MR, Lieberman JA. The Fifteen Minute Hour: Applied Psychotherapy
for the Primary Care Physician, 3rd ed. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1993:101–183
Suicide Risk Factors. Accessed 8/7/04 at: http://www.infoline.org/crisis/
risk.asp
Tai B, Blaine J. Naltrexone: An Antagonist Therapy for Heroin Addiction.
Presented at the National Institute on Drug Abuse, November 12–13,
1997. Accessed 7/3/2004 at:
http://www.nida.nih.gov/MeetSum/naltrexone.html
Tarasoff v. Regents of University of California (17 Cal. 3d 425 – July 1, 1976.
S. F. No. 23042)
Townsend MC. Essentials of Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, 3rd ed.
Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2005
Townsend MC. Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing: Concepts of Care in
Evidence-Based Practice, 5th ed. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 2006
Travelbee J. Interpersonal Aspects of Nursing. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 1971
Tucker K. Milan Approach to Family Therapy: A Critique. Accessed 8/2/04 at:
http://www.priory.com/psych/milan.htm
US Department of Health and Human Services: HIPAA. Accessed 11/27/2006.
US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Antidepressant Use in Children,
Adolescents and Adults. Accessed 5/10/07 at: www.fda.gov/cder/drug/
antidepressants/default.htm
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 221
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
222
TOOLS/
INDEX
US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). FDA Requests Label Change for
All Sleep Disorder Drug Products. Accessed 5/11/07 at: www.fda.gov/bbs/
topics/NEWS/2007/NEW01587.html
US Public Health Services (USPHS). The Surgeon General’s Call to Action to
Prevent Suicide. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human
Services, 1999. Accessed 1/18/04 at:
http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/calltoaction/calltoaction.htm
Van der Kolk BA. Trauma and memory. In: Van der Kolk BA, McFarlane AC,
Weisaeth L. Traumatic Stress. New York: Guilford Press, 1996
Virginia Satir. In Allyn & Bacon Family Therapy Web Site. Accessed 8/2/04
at: http://www.abacon.com/famtherapy/satir.html
Walker LE. The Battered Woman. New York: Harper & Row, 1979
Walter LJ et al. The Depression-Arkansas scale: A validation study of a new
brief depression scale in an HMO. J Clin Psychol 2003: 59:465–481.
World Health Organization (WHO) (1975, 2002). Sexual health and Sex.
Accessed 11/27/06 at: http://www.who.int/reproductive-
health/gender/sexual_health.html
Yalom ID, Leszcz M. The Theory and Practice of Group Psychotherapy, 5th ed.
New York: Perseus Books, 2005
Yatham LN et al. Bipolar depression: Treatment options. Can J Psychiatry
1997; 42(Suppl 2):87S-91S
Yesavage JA et al. Development and validation of a geriatric depression
screening scale: A preliminary report. J Psychiatr Res 1983; 17:37–49
Young People Advised Not to Use Seroxat. 10 Downing Street, Newsroom,
October 6, 2003. Accessed 9/25/04 at: http://www.number-
10.gov.uk/output/page3851.asp
Zyprexa (Eli Lilly Company). Accessed 8/1/04 at: http://pi.lilly. com/us/
zyprexa-pi.pdf
Credits
Dosage and drug data in Psychotrophic Drug Tab from Table 21.3, p. 290
(Antianxiety Agents); Table 21.4, p. 292 (Antidepressants), Table 21.7, p. 297
(Mood Stabilizing Agents), and Table 21.9, p. 302 (Antipsychotics), in
Townsend MC. Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, 5th ed., 2006, and from
Deglin JH, Vallerand AH: Daviss Drug Guide for Nurses, 10th ed.
Philadelphia: FA Davis Company, 2007, with permission.
DSM-IV-TR criteria in Disorders tab, Global Assessment of Functioning
(GAF) form, Multiaxial System, and DSM-IV-TR classifications: Axes I and II
categories and codes, reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th ed., Text Revision. Washington,
DC: American Psychiatric Association, 2000.
08Pederson (F)-08 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 222
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
223
TOOLS/
INDEX
Index
Note: Page numbers followed by f refer to figures/illustrations.
A
Abbreviations, 179–180
Abilify (aripiprazole), 128
Abnormal involuntary movement scale (AIMS),
41–44
Abused substances. See Substance use/abuse.
Abusive behavior, 168–171
child as victim of, 169, 170
disorders related to, DSM-IV-TR categories
of, 193
elderly as victim of, 175
escalation of anger to, 163–164
reporting of, 16
sexual, 169–170, 171
Addiction, 65. See also Substance use/abuse.
ADHD (attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder),
96–97
treatment of, 96–97, 114–115
Aging, 172–173. See also Geriatric patient(s).
AIMS (abnormal involuntary movement scale),
41–44
Alcoholism, screening for, 33
Alprazolam (Xanax), 127
Alternative therapies, 111
Alzheimer’s disease, 61, 62
vs. dementia with Lewy bodies, 63
Ambien (zolpidem), 162
Amitriptyline (Elavil), 128
Amnestic disorders, 61
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 183
AN (anorexia nervosa), 90
Anafranil (clomipramine), 132
Anger, 163–164
Anorexia nervosa (AN), 90
Antianxiety agents, 112–113
Antidepressants, 113
use of, in children, 115
Antiparkinsonian agents, 115
Antipsychotic agents, 113–114
adverse effects of, 116, 118–119
Anxiety disorders, 78–83
diagnosis of, tests preceding, 120
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 188
pharmacotherapy for, 112–113
Anxiolytics, 112–113
APIE (assessment-problem-intervention-
evaluation) charting, 58
Aripiprazole (Abilify), 128
Arkansas scale, for rating depression, 46–48
Artane (trihexyphenidyl), 159
Assault. See Abusive behavior.
Assessment, psychiatric, 20–58
Assessment-problem-intervention-evaluation
(APIE) charting, 58
Atarax (hydroxyzine), 140
Ativan (lorazepam), 143
Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD),
96–97
treatment of, 96–97, 114–115
Autonomic nervous system, 13
B
Battering, cycle of, 168. See also Abusive
behavior.
Benztropine (Cogentin), 129
Bipolar disorders, 73
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 188
BN (bulimia nervosa), 91
Borderline personality disorder (BPD), 93
Brain, function-specific areas of, 11f
limbic system of, 12f
Bulimia nervosa (BN), 91
Bupropion (Wellbutrin), 129
Buspirone (BuSpar), 130
C
CAGE screening questionnaire, for alcoholism,
33
Carbamazepine (Tegretol), 130
CD (conduct disorder), 97
Celexa (citalopram), 132
Central nervous system, 10, 11f, 12f
Charting/documentation systems, 57–58
Child(ren), 6–9
abuse of, 169, 170
antidepressant use in, 115
developmental tasks faced by, 6–9
psychiatric disorders in, 95–97
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 180–182
Chlordiazepoxide (Librium), 131
Chlorpromazine (Thorazine), 131
Citalopram (Celexa), 132
Clock-drawing test, 50
Clomipramine (Anafranil), 132
Clonazepam (Klonopin), 133
Clozapine (Clozaril), 133
monitoring of users of, 121
Cogentin (benztropine), 129
09Pederson (F)-BM 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 223
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
224
TOOLS/
INDEX
Cognitive behavioral therapy, 109–110
Cognitive disorders, 61–64
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 182–183
Commitment, types of, 16
Communication, 101–102
nonverbal, 100
Complementary therapies, 111
Complicated grief, 167
Compulsions, 81
Conduct disorder (CD), 97
Confidentiality, 15–16
Consent, informed, 18
Corgard (nadolol), 146
Crisis intervention, 163
Cultural perceptions, differences among, 51–54
Cyclothymic disorder, 73
Cymbalta (duloxetine), 136
D
Dalmane (flurazepam), 138
D-Ark scale (Arkansas depression rating scale),
46–48
Data-action-response (DAR) charting, 57
Death and dying (Kübler-Ross), 167
Defense mechanisms, 5–6
Delirium, 61
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 182
Dementia, 61–64, 173
Alzheimer’s, 61, 62
vs. dementia with Lewy bodies, 63
diagnosis of, tests preceding, 120
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 182
Depakote (divalproex), 135
Dependence, 64, 66. See also Substance
use/abuse.
Depression, 73, 74, 75
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 188
geriatric, 173
scale for rating, 49
postpartum, 77
scale for rating, 44–46
tests preceding diagnosis of, 121
scales for rating, 44–49
tests preceding diagnosis of, 121
treatment of, 110, 113
in children, 115
Desipramine (Norpramin), 134
Desyrel (trazodone), 158
Developmental tasks, 6–9
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders, 38–40, 180–193
Diathesis-stress model, 4
Diazepam (Valium), 134
Disasters, 166
Divalproex (Depakote), 135
Documentation/charting systems, 57–58
Doxepin (Sinequan), 135
Drug abuse. See Substance use/abuse.
Drug-herbal interactions, 116
Drug therapy, 112–115, 127–162
DSM-IV-TR, 38–40, 180–193
Duloxetine (Cymbalta), 136
Dying, 167
Dyskinesia, tardive, in users of antipsychotic
drugs, 116
Dysthymic disorder, 73
E
Eating disorders, 89–91
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 190
Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS),
44–46
Effexor (venlafaxine), 160
Elavil (amitriptyline), 128
Elderly. See Geriatric patient(s).
Emsam (selegiline), 154
EPDS (Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale),
44–46
Erikson, E., developmental tasks identified by,
7–8
Escitalopram (Lexapro), 136
Eskalith (lithium), 142
Eszopiclone (Lunesta), 137
Ethical issues, 15–18
Ethnicity, 50
Ethnocultural assessment tool, 55–56
Ethnocultural perceptions, differences among,
51–54
Extrapyramidal symptoms, of adverse effects of
antipsychotic agents, 116
F
Family therapy, 107
Fight-or-flight response, 4
Fluoxetine (Prozac), 137
Fluphenazine (Prolixin), 138
Flurazepam (Dalmane), 138
Fluvoxamine (Luvox), 139
Focus charting, 57
Freudian theory, 5, 6–7
G
Gabapentin (Neurontin), 139
GAD (generalized anxiety disorder), 80
GAF (global assessment of functioning scale),
40–41
09Pederson (F)-BM 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 224
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
225
TOOLS/
INDEX
Gender, 86
Gender identity disorders, 87, 89
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 190
General adaptation syndrome, 4
Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), 80
Genogram(s), 107, 108f, 109f
Geodon (ziprasidone), 161
Geriatric patient(s), 172–176
abuse of, 175
assessment of, 172
dementia in, 173
depression in, 173
scale for rating, 49
pharmacokinetics in, 117, 174–175
pseudodementia in, 173
schizophrenia in, 173–174
suicide by, 176
Global assessment of functioning scale (GAF),
40–41
Grief, 167
Group interventions, 103–106
H
Hallucinations, 70
Haloperidol (Haldol), 140
Health, mental, 2, 3
sexual, 86
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act (HIPAA), 16
Herbals, 25
drug interactions with, 116
Hierarchy of needs, identification of, by
Maslow, 3
HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act), 16
Hydroxyzine (Atarax), 140
Hyperactivity, and attention deficit, 96–97
treatment of, 96–97, 114–115
Hypoactive sexual desire disorder, 88
I
Illness, mental, 2. See also Psychiatric disor-
ders.
biological aspects of, 9
legal definition of, 2
Imipramine (Tofranil), 141
Impulse transmission, at synapse, 14f
Incest, 170
Inderal (propranolol), 151
Informed consent, 18
Internet addiction, 65
Interpersonal development, stages of, 7, 9
Interventions, 98–111, 163
Intoxication, 65. See also Substance use/abuse.
Invega (paliperidone), 149
Involuntary commitment, 16
Involuntary movement, abnormal, assessment
of, 41–44
J
Jahoda, M., mental health potentiators identi-
fied by, 3
K
Klonopin (clonazepam), 133
L
Laboratory reference values, 122–125
Laboratory tests, preceding diagnoses of
psychiatric disorders, 120–121
Lamotrigine (Lamictal), 141
Late-onset schizophrenia, 173–174
Legal issues, 15–18
Lewy bodies, dementia with, 63
Lexapro (escitalopram), 136
Librium (chlordiazepoxide), 131
Limbic system, 12f
Lithium (Eskalith), 142
Lorazepam (Ativan), 143
Loxapine (Loxitane), 143
Luminal (phenobarbital), 150
Lunesta (eszopiclone), 137
Luvox (fluvoxamine), 139
M
Mahler, M., developmental tasks identified by, 8
Mania, 76
diagnosis of, tests preceding, 121
MAOIs (monoamine oxidase inhibitors), 145
food/medication restrictions for users of,
117–118
Maslow, A., needs hierarchy identified by, 3
Medical history, recording of, 25–31
Mellaril (thioridazine), 156
Memory, problems with, 61
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 183
Mental health, 2
identification of potentiators of, by Jahoda, 3
Mental illness, 2. See also Psychiatric
disorders.
biological aspects of, 9
legal definition of, 2
Mental retardation, 95
Mental status assessment, 34–38
Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test, 33
Mind-body dualism, 9
Mini–Mental State Examination, 50
09Pederson (F)-BM 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 225
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
226
TOOLS/
INDEX
Mirtazapine (Remeron), 144
Molindone (Moban), 144
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), 145
food/medication restrictions for users of,
117–118
Mood disorders, 72–78. See also Depression.
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 188
Mood stabilizers, 113
therapeutic plasma levels of, 120
Movement, abnormal involuntary, assessment
of, 41–44
adverse effects of antipsychotics on, 116
N
Nadolol (Corgard), 146
NANDA (North American Nursing Diagnosis
Association) nomenclature, 196–201
behaviors correlated with, 194–196
Needs hierarchy, identification of, by Maslow, 3
Nefazodone (Serzone), 146
Neglect, 170. See also Abusive behavior.
Nervous system, 10–13
autonomic, 13
central, 10, 11f, 12f
peripheral, 10
Neuroleptics, 113–114
adverse effects of, 116, 118–119
Neurontin (gabapentin), 139
Neurotransmitters, 15
Nonverbal communication, 100
Norpramin (desipramine), 134
North American Nursing Diagnosis Association
(NANDA) nomenclature, 196–201
behaviors correlated with, 194–196
Nortriptyline (Pamelor), 147
O
Object relations theory, of personality develop-
ment, 8
Obsessive-compulsive disorder, 81
Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder, 92
Olanzapine (Zyprexa), 147
Olanzapine/fluoxetine (Symbax), 148
Older population. See Geriatric patient(s).
Oppositional defiant disorder, 97
Orap (pimozide), 150
Orientation, sexual, 86
Oxazepam (Serax), 148
P
Painful sexual dysfunctions, 86
Paliperidone (Invega), 149
Pamelor (nortriptyline), 147
Paraphilias, 87, 89
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 190
Parasympathetic nervous system effects, 13
Parkinsonism, pharmacotherapy for, 115
Paroxetine (Paxil), 149
Patient’s Bill of Rights, 18
Paxil (paroxetine), 149
Peplau, H., developmental tasks identified by, 9
phases of relationship development, 99
Peripheral nervous system, 10
Personality development, stages of, 6–9
Personality disorders, 92–94
Pharmacokinetics, 114
in elderly, 117, 174–175
Pharmacotherapy, 112–115, 127–162
Phenobarbital (Luminal), 150
PIE (problem-intervention-evaluation) charting, 58
Pimozide (Orap), 150
POR (problem-oriented record), 57
Postpartum depression, 77
diagnosis of, tests preceding, 121
scale for rating, 44–46
Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 82
Problem-intervention-evaluation (PIE) charting,
58
Problem-oriented record (POR), 57
Prolixin (fluphenazine), 138
Propranolol (Inderal), 151
Prozac (fluoxetine), 137
Pseudodementia, 61, 173
Psychiatric assessment, 20–58
Psychiatric disorders, 61–97
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 180–193
tests preceding diagnoses of, 120–121
Psychiatric interventions, 98–111
Psychiatric terminology, 201–214
Psychoanalytic theory, 5
Psychosexual development, stages of, 6–7
Psychosocial theory, of personality develop-
ment, 7–8
Psychotic disorders, 67–72
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 187
in geriatric patients, 173–174
tests preceding diagnosis of, 121
treatment of, 113–114
adverse effects of agents used in, 116,
118–119
Psychotropic drugs, 112–115, 127–162
interactions of, with herbals, 116
PTSD (posttraumatic stress disorder), 82
Q
Quetiapine (Seroquil), 151
09Pederson (F)-BM 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 226
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.
227
TOOLS/
INDEX
R
Ramelteon (Rozerem), 152
Refusal of treatment, right to, 18
Remeron (mirtazapine), 144
Restraints, 17–18
Retardation, mental, 95
Risperidone (Risperdal), 153
Rozerem (ramelteon), 152
S
Safety plan, to escape abuser, 168
Schizophrenia, 67–72
diagnosis of, tests preceding, 121
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 187
late-onset, 173–174
treatment of, 113–114
adverse effects of agents used in, 116,
118–119
Screening, for alcoholism, 33
Seclusion, 17
Section 302 commitment, 16
Selegiline (Emsam), 154
Senior citizens. See Geriatric patient(s).
Serax (oxazepam), 148
Seroquil (quetiapine), 151
Serotonin syndrome, 119
Sertraline (Zoloft), 155
Serzone (nefazodone), 146
Sex, 86
Sexual abuse, 169–170, 171
Sexual desire disorder, hypoactive, 88
Sexual dysfunctions, 86, 88, 89
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 189–190
Sexual health, 86
Sexual orientation, 86
Short Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test, 33
SIGECAP mnemonic, for depression, 74
Sinequan (doxepin), 135
Sleep disorders, DSM-IV-TR categories of,
190–191
Somatoform disorders, 84–85
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 189
Sonata (zalephon), 161
Stress, response to, 4
traumatic, sequelae of, 82
Substance use/abuse, 64–67
disorders related to, 64–67
DSM-IV-TR categories of, 183–187
history of, recording of, 31–32
Suicide, 164–166
by elderly, 176
Sullivan, H. S., developmental tasks identified
by, 7
Symbax (olanzapine/fluoxetine), 148
Sympathetic nervous system effects, 13
Synapse, impulse transmission at, 14f
T
Tardive dyskinesia, in users of antipsychotic
drugs, 116
Tegretol (carbamazepine), 130
Terrorism, 166
Therapeutic milieu, 103
Therapeutic relationship, 98–99
Thioridazine (Mellaril), 156
Thorazine (chlorpromazine), 131
Thought disorders, 71
302 (Section 302) commitment, 16
Tofranil (imipramine), 141
Tolerance, 65. See also Substance
use/abuse.
Topiramate (Topamax), 157
Topographic model, of mind, 5
Traumatic stress, sequelae of, 82
Trazodone (Desyrel), 158
Trihexyphenidyl (Artane), 159
U
Uncomplicated grief, 167
V
Valium (diazepam), 134
Venlafaxine (Effexor), 160
Violence. See Abusive behavior.
Voluntary commitment, 16
W
War, 166
Wellbutrin (bupropion), 129
Withdrawal, 65. See also Substance
use/abuse.
X
Xanax (alprazolam), 127
Y
Yalom, A., positive group experiences identified
by, 106
Z
Zalephon (Sonata), 161
Ziprasidone (Geodon), 161
Zoloft (sertraline), 155
Zolpidem (Ambien), 162
Zyprexa (olanzapine), 147
09Pederson (F)-BM 6/25/07 7:54 PM Page 227
Copyright © 2008 by F. A. Davis.